Elite 48 Hardware Manual S8000

Elite 48 Hardware Manual S8000
Notice
Note that when converting this document from its original format to a .pdf file,
some minor font and format changes may occur causing slight variations from the
original printed document. When viewing and printing this document, we cannot
guarantee that your specific PC or printer will support all of the fonts or graphics.
Therefore, when you view the document, fonts may be substituted and your
individual printer may not have the capability to print the document correctly.
48
SYSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL
Stock Number 750376
Issue 6
(Series 8000)
NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications, functions, or
features at any time without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees and
customers. The information contained herein is the property of NEC America,
Inc. and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval of NEC America,
Inc.
Dterm is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation and Electra Elite is a
registered trademark of NEC America, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark of
Microsoft Corporation. AT&T is a registered trademark of AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc.
Copyright 2003
NEC Infrontia, Inc.
6535 N. State Highway 161
Irving TX, 75039-2402
Technology Development
Preface
GENERAL INFORMATION
Congratulations! You have purchased the NEC Electra Elite System.
The Electra Elite 48 system is a feature-rich key system that provides over
200 features including Computer Telephony Integration, Least Cost Routing,
Uniform Call Distribution, ISDN-PRI Voice Trunks, ISDN-BRI Voice Trunks,
T1, LAN/KTS Cabling Integration. Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), and
many others.
The Electra Elite 48 system provides the customer needs today, and as
business expands the system can be expanded to grow as well.
The Electra Elite 48 system has a set of manuals that provide all the
information necessary to install and support the system. This preface
describes these manuals.
THIS MANUAL
This manual contains detailed instructions to install the Electra Elite 48 KSU,
ETUs, Multiline Terminals, and optional equipment in the following chapters.
Chapter 1 – Introduction
Chapter 1 is a brief description of the Electra Elite 48 system and contains a
detailed list of equipment available with the system.
Chapter 2 – System Specifications
Chapter 2 contains detailed specifications for the Electra Elite 48 system and
should be carefully reviewed by the technician before installing the system.
Chapter 3 – Hardware Requirements
Chapter 3 contains the hardware requirements for the Electra Elite 48 system
and should be read by the technician before installing the system.
Chapter 4 – Installing the KSU
Chapter 4 contains the information necessary to install the KSU. The
technician should become familiar with this section before starting
installation.
Chapter 5 – Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Chapter 5 contains instructions for installing the ETUs in the KSU.
Chapter 6 – Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Chapter 6 describes each available terminal that can be used with the Electra
Elite 48 system and provides installation instructions.
Chapter 7 – Installing Optional Equipment
Chapter 7 contains installation instructions for optional equipment that can be
added to the system as customer business grows.
Chapter 8 – Installing Dterm Series i Equipment
Chapter 8 describes each DTR terminal, the DCR console, and each adapter
that is available to allow peripheral equipment to be attached to Multiline
Terminals. Installation instructions are provided where necessary.
Chapter 9 – Installing Electra Professional Telephones
Chapter 9 contains instructions for installing Electra Professional terminals on
the Electra Elite 48 system.
Chapter 10 – System Maintenance
Chapter 10 is a guide to help the technician troubleshoot and diagnose
problems during and after system installation.
SUPPORTING
DOCUMENTS
Other manuals in the set are described below.
Electra Elite 48/192 Features and Specifications Manual (Stock Number
750361)
This manual describes each available feature for the system.
Electra Elite 48 General Description Manual (Stock Number 750375)
This manual contains general information about the system features,
configuration, and standards. This overview of the Electra Elite 48 system is
useful when presenting information to potential customers.
Electra Elite 48/192 Programming Manual (Stock Number 750362)
This manual contains all programming instructions for the Electra Elite
system.
Electra Elite Least Cost Routing Manual (Stock Number 750364)
This manual provides instructions for the service technician to program the
customer system for least cost routing.
Electra Elite 48/192 Job Specifications Manual (Stock Number 750377)
This manual contains instructions for the service technician to install and
maintain the Electra Elite 48/192 systems and includes the job specification
worksheets. Completing the worksheets provides all system programming
values and configuration information necessary for technicians to maintain the
system.
Electra Elite Wireless System Manual (Stock Number 750423)
This manual describes the system and provides hardware installation and
programming procedures for the Electra Elite Wireless Communication
System (WCS).
Elite ACD Plus Installation Manual (Stock Number 750359)
This manual provides general information about the Elite ACD Plus features,
installation procedures and feature programming. The NEC Elite ACD Plus is
an Automatic Call Distribution card that supports up to 40 agents and 12
supervisors at one time.
Electra Elite IPK/Electra Elite System Administration Terminal End-User
Manual (Stock Number 750826)
This manual describes the operation of the SAT End-User program for the
Electra Elite Key Telephone system. This program is a user-friendly Windows
application that allows the user to program and configure several features of
the Electra Elite KTS from the PC environment.
Elite VoIP Gateway Card Installation Manual (Stock Number 750367)
This manual describes the IPT(4)/(8)-U10 ETU, an optional interface for the
Electra Elite KTS, that can combine trunk and tie line calls into Voice over
internet Protocol (VoIP) Gateway trunks.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Regulatory Information
Regulatory Information
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Established Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules permit this
telephone system to be directly connected to the telephone network. A jack is
provided by the telephone company. Jacks for this type of customer provided
equipment are not provided on party lines or coin lines.
When the telephone company makes changes in its technical operations and
procedures that affect the compatibility or use of the Electra Elite system, it is
required to give adequate notice of the changes.
COMPANY
NOTIFICATION
Before connecting this telephone system to the telephone network, the
following information must be provided to the telephone company:
1. Your telephone number.
2. FCC registration number:
When the system is to be installed as a Key Function system (no dial
access to Trunk Groups/Route Advance Blocks), use the following
number:
NIFMUL-43074-KF-E
When the system is to be installed as a Multifunction system, use the
following number:
NIFMUL-43076-MF-E
When the system is to be installed as a PBX System, use the
following number:
NIFMUL-43075-PF-E
System Hardware Manual
Ringer Equivalence Number (REN): 2.0B
USOC jack required: RJ21X
1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
The Facility Interface Code (FIC), Ringer Equivalent Number (REN), Service
Order Code (SOC), and Jack for each interface ETU are listed in the
following table:
Table 1 FIC, REN, SOC, and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETUs
Trunk/Station ETU Type
FIC
REN
SOC
Jack
02IS5
N/A
6.0F
N/A
02RV-O
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(4)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(8)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(8)-U( )ETU (Ground Start)
02GS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU for COID/COI
Mode (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU for COI Mode
(Ground Start)
02GS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
02RV2T
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
04DU9-BN
04DU9-DN
04DU9-1KN
04DU9-1SN
N/A
6.0P
N/A
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
0L13C
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
04DU9-1SN
N/A
6.0P
N/A
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
TL31M
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
CAMA Trunk
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
DTI-U( ) ETU
INCIDENCE OF HARM
When the system is malfunctioning, it could cause harm to the telephone
network. The telephone system should be disconnected until the problem is
corrected. When this is not done, the telephone company may temporarily
disconnect service.
2
Regulatory Information
Electra Elite
RADIO FREQUENCY
INTERFERENCE
Issue 6
In compliance with FCC Part 15 rules, the following statement is provided:
IMPORTANT NOTE
“This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if
not installed and used in accordance with the Installation Service Manual, may
cause interference to radio communications. This equipment has been tested
and approved for compliance with the limits for a Class A computing device
pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC Rules, that provide reasonable protection
against such interference when operated in a commercial environment.
Operation of this telephone system in a residential area is likely to cause
interference, in which case, the user, at his or her own expense, is required to
take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference.”
HEARING AID
COMPATIBILITY
DIRECT INWARD
DIALING
The NEC Multiline Terminals and NEC Single Line Telephones provided
for this system are hearing aid compatible. The manufacturer of other
Single Line Telephones for use with the system must provide notice of
hearing aid compatibility to comply with FCC rules that prohibit the use of
non-hearing aid compatible telephones.
Operating this equipment without providing proper answer supervision is a
violation of Part 68 of the FCC rules.
Proper Answer Supervision occurs when:
This equipment returns answer supervision to the Public Switched
Telephone Network (PSTN) when Direct Inward Dialing (DID) calls are:
Answered by the called station.
Answered by the Attendant.
Routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by
the Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) user.
Routed to a dial prompt.
This equipment returns answer supervision on all DID calls forwarded
to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN).
exceptions are:
Permissible
A call is unanswered.
A busy tone is received.
A reorder tone is received.
System Hardware Manual
3
Issue 6
VOICE
ANNOUNCEMENT/
MONITORING OVER
DID LINES
Electra Elite
CAUTION
The use of monitoring, recording or listening devices to eavesdrop, monitor, retrieve
or record telephone conversations or other sound activities, whether or not
contemporaneous with its transmission, may be illegal in certain circumstances
under federal or state laws. Legal advise should be sought prior to implementing
any practice that monitors or records any telephone conversation. Some federal
and state laws require some form of notification to all parties to the telephone
conversation, such as using a beep tone or other notification methods, or require the
consent of all parties to the telephone conversation, prior to monitoring or recording
a telephone conversation. Some of these laws incorporate strict penalties.
MUSIC ON HOLD
IMPORTANT NOTE
"In accordance with U.S. Copyright Law, a license may be required from the
American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers, or other similar
organization, When radio or TV broadcasts are transmitted through the Music On
Hold feature of this telecommunication system. NEC America Inc., hereby disclaims
any liability arising out of the failure to obtain such a license."
SERVICE
REQUIREMENTS
UL REGULATORY
INFORMATION
4
When equipment malfunctions, all repairs will be performed by NEC
America, Inc. or by an authorized agent. The user must report the need for
service to an NEC America, Inc. authorized agent or to NEC America, Inc.
This equipment has been listed by Underwriters Laboratories and complies
with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone equipment
UL 1459.
Regulatory Information
Electra Elite
INDUSTRY CANADA
REQUIREMENTS
Issue 6
Industry Canada has established rules that permit this telephone system
to be directly connected to the telephone network. Prior to the connection
or disconnection of this telephone system to or from the telephone
network, the telephone company must be provided with the following
information.
1. Your telephone number.
2. IC Certificate number: 140 7942 A
3. Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) of the equipment: 2.1
The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification
means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network
protective, operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the
applicable Terminal Equipment Technical requirements document(s). The
Department does not guarantee that equipment operates to user
satisfaction.
Before installation, the user should ensure that it is permissible to connect
this equipment to the facilities of the local telecommunications company.
The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of
connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with the
above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some
situations.
Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative
designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to
this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the
telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the
equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground
connections of the power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water
pipe system, if present, are connected together. This precaution may be
particularly important in rural areas.
CAUTION
Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but
should contact the applicable electric inspection authority, or electrician.
System Hardware Manual
5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be
connected to a telephone interface. The termination of an interface may
consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that
the sum of the Ringer Equivalent Numbers of all the devices does not
exceed 5.
This equipment is listed by the Canadian Standards Association and
complies with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone
equipment C 22.2 No. 225.
This equipment meets IC requirements CS03.
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise
emissions from digital apparatus as regulated in the radio interference
regulations of Industry Canada.
Le present appareil numerique n’emet pas de bruits radioelectriques
depassant les limites applicables aux appareils numeriques de Classe A
prescrites dans le reglement sur le brouillage radioelectrique edicte par
Industrie Canada.
BATTERY DISPOSAL
The Electra Elite system includes the batteries listed below. When disposing
of these batteries, KSU, and/or ETUs, you must comply with applicable
federal and state regulations regarding proper disposal procedures.
Table 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs
Unit Name
Type of Battery
Quantity
Lead Acid
2
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)U( ) ETU
Lithium
1
DTP-1HM-1 TEL
DTP-1HM-2 TEL
Lithium
1
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
DTR-1HM-1 TEL
Lithium
1
DTR-4R-1 TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
DTU-4R-1 TEL
Lead Acid
1
ETW-4R-1 TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Nickel-Cadmium
1
MBD-U( ) Unit
Nickel-Cadmium
1
B48-U10 KSU
6
Regulatory Information
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs (Continued)
MIFA-U( ) ETU
Nickel-Cadmium
1
MIFM-U( ) ETU
Nickel-Cadmium
1
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Nickel-Cadmium
1
The Electra Elite 48 MBD-U10 Unit provides memory backup for
approximately 21 days. The Ni-Cd battery should be replaced about every
two years.
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL
DO NOT PLACE USED BATTERIES IN YOUR REGULAR TRASH! THE
PRODUCT YOU PURCHASED CONTAINS A NICKEL-CADMIUM OR
SEALED LEAD BATTERY. NICKEL-CADMIUM OR SEALED LEAD
BATTERIES MUST BE COLLECTED, RECYCLED, OR DISPOSED OF IN
AN ENVIRONMENTALLY SOUND MANNER.
The incineration, landfilling or mixing of nickel-cadmium or sealed lead
batteries with the municipal solid waste stream is PROHIBITED BY LAW
in most areas. Contact your local solid waste management officials for
other information regarding the environmentally sound collection,
recycling, and disposal of the battery.
Nickel-Cadmium (or sealed lead) batteries must be returned to a federal or
state approved nickel-cadmium (or sealed lead) battery recycler. This may
be where the batteries were originally sold or a local seller of automotive
batteries. Contact your local waste management officials for other
information regarding the environmentally sound collection, recycling and
disposal of the battery contained in this product. For Ni-Cd batteries, you
can also call 1-800-8-BATTERYSM if further information is required.
The packaging for the Electra Elite system contains the following labels
regarding proper disposal.
System Hardware Manual
7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
PRODUCT PACKAGE LABELING
CONTAINS NICKEL-CADMIUM BATTERY.
BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED OR
DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. MUST NOT BE
DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Ni-Cd
CONTAINS
SEALED
LEAD
BATTERY.
BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED. MUST NOT
BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Pb
CONTAINS
NICKEL-METAL
HYDRIDE
BATTERY. BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED
OR DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. MUST NOT
BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Ni-MH
8
Regulatory Information
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Introduction
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 1-1
1.1
Section 2
Equipment Description ................................................................... 1-4
2.1
Chapter 2
Unique Design .............................................................................1-1
Equipment List ............................................................................1-4
System Specifications
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 2-1
Section 2
System Block Diagram ................................................................... 2-1
Section 3
Maximum System Capacities ......................................................... 2-4
Section 4
System Requirements and Specifications .................................... 2-5
4.1
Cabling Requirements and Specifications ..................................2-5
4.2
Cabling Precautions .....................................................................2-8
4.3
4.2.1
Cable Placement ............................................................... 2-8
4.2.2
Environmental Conditions .................................................. 2-8
Power Requirements ...................................................................2-9
4.3.1
Power Supply Inputs ......................................................... 2-9
4.3.2
Power Supply Consumption .............................................. 2-9
4.3.3
Fuse Replacement ............................................................. 2-9
4.4
Outside Line Types.....................................................................2-10
4.5
Transmission, Network, and Control Specifications ..................2-10
4.5.1
System Hardware Manual
Transmission ................................................................... 2-10
i
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.6
4.7
ii
Network ............................................................................2-11
4.5.3
Control .............................................................................2-11
4.5.4
Electra Elite Terminals and Equipment ............................2-11
4.5.5
Electra Elite IPK and Series i Terminals and
Equipment ........................................................................2-12
Dialing Specifications ................................................................ 2-13
4.6.1
Dial Pulse Address Signaling ..........................................2-13
4.6.2
Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF) Address Signaling ....2-13
Battery Backup .......................................................................... 2-14
4.7.1
System Backup ...............................................................2-14
4.7.2
Memory Backup ...............................................................2-14
4.8
Weights and Dimensions ........................................................... 2-14
4.9
External Equipment Interface .................................................... 2-19
4.10
Chapter 3
4.5.2
4.9.1
Music on Hold/Station Background Music .......................2-19
4.9.2
External Paging (Audio) ...................................................2-19
4.9.3
External Tone Ringer/Night Chime Output ......................2-19
4.9.4
SMDR Output ...................................................................2-19
4.9.5
PC Connection .................................................................2-19
4.9.6
Relay Contact ..................................................................2-19
Audible and Visual Indications ................................................... 2-20
4.10.1
Tone Patterns ..................................................................2-20
4.10.2
LED Flash Patterns ..........................................................2-20
Hardware Requirements
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................3-1
Section 2
Programming Stations ....................................................................3-1
Section 3
Attendant Stations ..........................................................................3-1
Section 4
Programming from a PC .................................................................3-1
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Section 5
Programming from a Multiline Terminal ....................................... 3-2
Section 6
Electra Elite 48 Remote PC Programming ................................... 3-2
6.1
Section 7
Chapter 4
Remote Programming .................................................................3-2
Determining Required Equipment ................................................. 3-3
7.1
Station Equipment .......................................................................3-3
7.2
Interface ETUs .............................................................................3-4
7.2.1
Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers ................ 3-5
7.2.2
Determining the Number of Required Interface ETUs ....... 3-6
7.2.3
PBR Requirements ............................................................ 3-6
Installing the KSU
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 4-1
Section 2
Site Preparation and MDF/IDF Construction ................................ 4-1
Section 3
2.1
Precautionary Information ..........................................................4-1
2.2
Surveying the Customer Site .......................................................4-1
2.3
Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation ......................4-2
2.3.1
Selecting the KSU Installation Site .................................... 4-2
2.3.2
Selecting a Permanent MDF Location ............................... 4-3
2.3.3
Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones .................... 4-3
2.4
Constructing the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) ........................4-3
2.5
Power Failure Transfer ................................................................4-9
2.6
Fax CO Branch Connection .........................................................4-9
Installing the KSU ......................................................................... 4-10
3.1
General Information ..................................................................4-10
3.1.1
System Hardware Manual
KSU ................................................................................. 4-10
iii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.2
Removing the KSU Cover ......................................................... 4-11
3.3
Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap ................................... 4-11
3.4
Wall Mounting the KSU ............................................................. 4-12
3.4.1
Chapter 5
3.5
Rack Mounting the KSU ............................................................ 4-15
3.6
Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU ............................ 4-16
3.7
Fuse Replacement
3.8
Installing Built-In and External Batteries in the KSU .................. 4-20
.................................................................. 4-19
3.8.1
Built-In Battery Installation ...............................................4-20
3.8.2
External Battery Installation .............................................4-21
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................5-1
Section 2
Installation .......................................................................................5-2
Section 3
2.1
Installation Precautions ............................................................... 5-2
2.2
Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots ........................................... 5-4
2.3
Removing an ETU from the KSU ................................................. 5-4
Common Control Units ...................................................................5-5
3.1
3.2
iv
Grounding Requirements .................................................4-14
CLKG-U( ) Unit ........................................................................... 5-5
3.1.1
Description ........................................................................5-5
3.1.2
Installation ..........................................................................5-5
3.1.3
Connectors .........................................................................5-5
3.1.4
Switch Settings ..................................................................5-6
KMM(1.0)U .................................................................................. 5-6
3.2.1
Description ........................................................................5-6
3.2.2
Installation ..........................................................................5-6
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Section 4
3.3.1
Description ........................................................................ 5-6
3.3.2
Switch Settings .................................................................. 5-8
3.3.3
Connectors ........................................................................ 5-9
3.3.4
LED Indications .................................................................. 5-9
3.3.5
Replacing Memory Backup .............................................. 5-10
MIFA-U( ) ETU ..........................................................................5-11
3.4.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-11
3.4.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-11
3.4.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-12
3.4.4
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-12
3.4.5
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-13
MIFM-U( ) ETU .........................................................................5-13
3.5.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-13
3.5.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-14
3.5.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-14
3.5.4
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-14
3.5.5
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-15
Modem Kit Unit ..........................................................................5-15
3.6.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-15
3.6.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-15
3.6.3
Specifications ................................................................... 5-15
Trunk ETUs .................................................................................... 5-16
4.1
System Hardware Manual
MBD-U10 Unit for B48-U10 KSU .................................................5-6
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU .......................................................................5-16
4.1.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-16
4.1.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-17
4.1.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-17
v
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.1.4
Jumpers ...........................................................................5-17
4.1.5
LED Indications ................................................................5-18
4.1.6
Connectors .......................................................................5-19
4.1.7
Connections ....................................................................5-19
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU .................................................................. 5-20
4.2.1
Description ......................................................................5-20
4.2.2
Installation ........................................................................5-21
4.2.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-21
4.2.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-21
4.2.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-22
4.2.6
Connections .....................................................................5-22
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU ..................................................................... 5-23
4.3.1
Description ......................................................................5-23
4.3.2
Installation ........................................................................5-24
4.3.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-24
4.3.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-24
4.3.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-25
4.3.6
Connections .....................................................................5-25
COIB(4)-U20 ETU ..................................................................... 5-26
4.4.1
Description ......................................................................5-26
4.4.2
Installation ........................................................................5-27
4.4.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-27
4.4.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-28
4.4.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-28
4.4.6
Connections ....................................................................5-28
4.4.7
ETU Feature Chart ...........................................................5-29
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU ..................................................................... 5-30
4.5.1
vi
Description ......................................................................5-30
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.6
4.7
4.8
System Hardware Manual
4.5.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-31
4.5.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-31
4.5.4
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-31
4.5.5
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-32
4.5.6
Connections .................................................................... 5-32
4.5.7
ETU Feature Chart .......................................................... 5-33
COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................5-34
4.6.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-34
4.6.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-35
4.6.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-35
4.6.4
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-35
4.6.5
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-35
4.6.6
Connections ..................................................................... 5-36
DID(4)-U( ) ETU ........................................................................5-37
4.7.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-37
4.7.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-38
4.7.3
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-38
4.7.4
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-38
4.7.5
Connections .................................................................... 5-38
DTI-U( ) ETU ..............................................................................5-39
4.8.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-39
4.8.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-40
4.8.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-40
4.8.4
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-41
4.8.5
Alarm Conditions ............................................................. 5-42
4.8.6
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-42
4.8.7
Connections .................................................................... 5-42
vii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.9
4.10
4.11
Section 5
4.9.1
Description .......................................................................5-43
4.9.2
Installation ........................................................................5-44
4.9.3
LED Indications ................................................................5-44
4.9.4
IPT(4)-U( ) to IPT(8)-U( ) ETU Conversion ......................5-45
4.9.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-45
4.9.6
Switch S1 .........................................................................5-46
4.9.7
Connections ....................................................................5-46
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU ....................................................................... 5-47
4.10.1
Description ......................................................................5-47
4.10.2
Installation ........................................................................5-48
4.10.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-48
4.10.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-49
4.10.5
Alarm Conditions ..............................................................5-50
4.10.6
Connectors .......................................................................5-50
4.10.7
Connections .....................................................................5-51
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU ......................................................................... 5-52
4.11.1
Description ......................................................................5-52
4.11.2
Installation ........................................................................5-52
4.11.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-53
4.11.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-53
4.11.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-54
4.11.6
Connections ....................................................................5-54
Station ETUs ..................................................................................5-55
5.1
viii
IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................... 5-43
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU ...................................................................... 5-55
5.1.1
Description ......................................................................5-55
5.1.2
Installation ........................................................................5-55
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.2
5.1.3
Switch Settings ............................................................... 5-56
5.1.4
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-57
5.1.5
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-57
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU ..............................................5-58
5.2.1
5.3
5.4
5.5
System Hardware Manual
Description ...................................................................... 5-58
5.2.1.1
System Board Components .......................... 5-60
5.2.1.2
Daughter Board Components ........................ 5-62
5.2.1.3
Port Expansion Board ................................... 5-63
5.2.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-64
5.2.3
Installation Precautions .................................................... 5-64
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU ......................................................................5-65
5.3.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-65
5.3.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-66
5.3.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-66
5.3.4
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-66
5.3.5
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-67
5.3.6
Specifications ................................................................... 5-67
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU ........................................................................5-68
5.4.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-68
5.4.2
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-68
5.4.3
Installation ........................................................................ 5-69
5.4.4
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-69
5.4.5
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-69
5.4.6
Connections .................................................................... 5-69
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ............................................................5-70
5.5.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-70
5.5.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-72
5.5.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-73
ix
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.5.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-74
5.5.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-74
5.5.6
Installation Precautions ....................................................5-75
VMS/FMS/CMS( )-U30 ETU ..................................................... 5-76
5.6.1
Description ......................................................................5-76
5.6.2
Installation ........................................................................5-76
5.6.3
Upgrade EliteMail VMS(2)/(4)-U30 ETU
to 8 ports ..........................................................................5-77
5.6.4
Upgrade EliteMail Limited FMS(2)/(4)-U30
to 8-ports ..........................................................................5-78
5.6.5
Switch Settings ................................................................5-78
5.6.6
Jumper Settings ...............................................................5-79
5.6.7
LED Indications ................................................................5-80
5.6.8
Connectors .......................................................................5-81
5.6.9
Installation Precautions ....................................................5-81
OPX(2)-U ( ) ETU ..................................................................... 5-82
5.7.1
Description ......................................................................5-82
5.7.2
Installation ........................................................................5-83
5.7.3
LED Indications ................................................................5-83
5.7.4
Connectors .......................................................................5-83
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ................................................................... 5-84
5.8.1
Description ......................................................................5-84
5.8.2
Installation ........................................................................5-85
5.8.3
LED Indications ................................................................5-85
5.8.4
Connectors .......................................................................5-85
5.8.5
Connections ....................................................................5-85
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU .................................................................... 5-86
5.9.1
x
Description ......................................................................5-86
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.10
Section 6
Specifications ................................................................... 5-86
5.9.3
Cabling ............................................................................. 5-87
5.9.4
Installing the VDH2(8)-U( ) .............................................. 5-90
5.9.5
Switch Settings and Jumpers .......................................... 5-90
5.9.6
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-91
5.9.7
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-92
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU ............................................................5-94
5.10.1
Description ...................................................................... 5-94
5.10.2
Installation ........................................................................ 5-95
5.10.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-97
5.10.4
LED Indications ................................................................ 5-98
5.10.5
Connectors ...................................................................... 5-98
5.10.6
Installation Precautions .................................................... 5-99
Optional ETUs ............................................................................. 5-100
6.1
6.2
System Hardware Manual
5.9.2
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU ....................................................................5-100
6.1.1
Description .................................................................... 5-100
6.1.2
Installation ...................................................................... 5-100
6.1.3
LED Indications .............................................................. 5-101
6.1.4
Connectors .................................................................... 5-101
6.1.5
Installation Precautions .................................................. 5-102
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU .....................................................................5-103
6.2.1
Description ..................................................................... 5-103
6.2.2
Installation ...................................................................... 5-103
6.2.3
Switch Settings .............................................................. 5-103
6.2.4
LED Indications .............................................................. 5-105
6.2.5
Connectors .................................................................... 5-107
6.2.6
ZT II Connections .......................................................... 5-107
xi
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
xii
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU .................................................................... 5-108
6.3.1
Description ....................................................................5-108
6.3.2
Installation ......................................................................5-108
6.3.3
Switch Settings ..............................................................5-109
6.3.4
LED Indications ..............................................................5-109
6.3.5
Connectors .....................................................................5-110
6.3.6
Connections ...................................................................5-110
ECR-U( ) ETU ......................................................................... 5-111
6.4.1
Description ....................................................................5-111
6.4.2
Installation ......................................................................5-112
6.4.3
LED Indications ..............................................................5-112
6.4.4
Connectors .....................................................................5-112
6.4.5
Specifications .................................................................5-113
PBR( )-U( ) ETU .................................................................... 5-114
6.5.1
Description ....................................................................5-114
6.5.2
Installation ......................................................................5-115
6.5.3
LED Indications ..............................................................5-115
6.5.4
Connectors .....................................................................5-115
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU .................................................................... 5-116
6.6.1
Description ....................................................................5-116
6.6.2
Installation ......................................................................5-117
6.6.3
Switch Settings ..............................................................5-117
6.6.4
LED Indications ..............................................................5-117
6.6.5
Connectors .....................................................................5-118
6.6.6
Pins ................................................................................5-118
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Chapter 6
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 6-1
Section 2
Multiline Terminals .......................................................................... 6-1
Section 3
2.1
DTP-2DT-1 TEL ...........................................................................6-1
2.2
DTU-8-1 TEL ...............................................................................6-2
2.3
DTU-8D-2 TEL .............................................................................6-3
2.4
DTU-16-1 TEL .............................................................................6-4
2.5
DTU-16D-2 TEL ...........................................................................6-5
2.6
DTU-32-1 TEL .............................................................................6-6
2.7
DTU-32D-2 TEL ...........................................................................6-7
2.8
DCU-60-1 CONSOLE ..................................................................6-8
Single Line Telephones .................................................................. 6-9
3.1
DTP-1-1 or DTP-1-2 TEL .............................................................6-9
3.2
DTP-1HM-1 or DTP-1HM-2 TEL ................................................6-10
Section 4
Connecting a DTU/DTP Terminal to the System ........................ 6-11
Section 5
Connecting DCU Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal .... 6-12
Section 6
Adjusting the DTU/DTP LCD ........................................................ 6-13
Section 7
Installing DTU/DTP Line Cards and Plastic Panels ................... 6-14
7.1
Line Card and Plastic Panel Installation ....................................6-14
7.2
Plastic Panel Removal ...............................................................6-15
Section 8
Removing DTU/DTP Softkeys ...................................................... 6-17
Section 9
Adjusting DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal Height ........................... 6-18
Section 10
Installing a Dterm® Cordless Lite or
Dterm® Cordless II Terminal .......................................................... 6-20
10.1
System Hardware Manual
Selecting an Installation Location ..............................................6-20
xiii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Section 11
Section 12
Section 13
10.2
Connecting the Telephone Cords .............................................. 6-21
10.3
Applying Power to the Base Unit ............................................... 6-22
Installing Dterm® Handset Cordless Terminal .............................6-23
11.1
Selecting an Installation Location ............................................. 6-23
11.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord ................................................ 6-23
11.3
Applying Power to the Base Unit ............................................... 6-24
Installing a Dterm® Analog Cordless Terminal ............................6-25
12.1
Selecting an Installation Location ............................................. 6-25
12.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord ................................................ 6-25
12.3
Applying Power to the Base Unit ............................................... 6-26
Dterm® PS II .....................................................................................6-27
13.1
Section 14
Chapter 7
Description ................................................................................ 6-27
Wall Mounting the DTP-1-1 or DTP-1-2 TEL
and DTP-1HM-1 or DTP-1HM-2 TEL .............................................6-28
14.1
DTP Hanger Hook ..................................................................... 6-28
14.2
Using a Modular Wall Plate Installed ......................................... 6-29
Installing Optional Equipment
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................7-1
Section 2
Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation ..................7-1
Section 3
Installation Procedures ...................................................................7-6
3.1
ACA-U Unit (AC Adapter) .......................................................... 7-6
3.1.1
3.2
xiv
Connecting the ACA-U Unit ...............................................7-6
ADA-U Unit (Ancillary Device Adapter) ...................................... 7-7
3.2.1
Installing an ADA-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal ..............7-7
3.2.2
Connecting Cables to the ADA-U Unit ...............................7-8
3.2.3
Switch Settings ................................................................7-11
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
System Hardware Manual
APA-U Unit (Analog Port Adapter) .............................................7-13
3.3.1
Installing APA-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline
Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1 .............. 7-13
3.3.2
Switch Settings ................................................................ 7-14
3.3.3
Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit ............................ 7-15
APR-U Unit (Analog Port Ringer) ..............................................7-16
3.4.1
Installing APR-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline
Terminal but DTP-2DT-1/DTP-16HC-1. .......................... 7-16
3.4.2
Switch Settings ................................................................ 7-18
3.4.3
Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit ............................ 7-19
CTA-U Unit (Computer Telephony Adapter) .............................7-20
3.5.1
Installing the CTA-U Unit ................................................. 7-21
3.5.2
Connecting the Cables on the CTA-U Unit ...................... 7-22
3.5.3
Installing the Driver on the PC ......................................... 7-22
Computer Telephony Adapter with USB Interface .....................7-22
3.6.1
CTU(C)-U Unit Connections ............................................ 7-23
3.6.2
CTU(S)-U Unit Connections ............................................ 7-24
DBM(B)-U( ) Box and DBM(E)-U( ) Box
Message Display Boards ...........................................................7-25
3.7.1
Connecting DBM(E)-U( ) Box to DBM(B)-U( ) Box
or Another DBM(E)-U( ) Box ........................................... 7-26
3.7.2
Wall Mounting DBM(B)-U( ) and Expansion Boards ........ 7-28
3.7.3
Connecting the DBM(B) to Power and ESI ...................... 7-30
HFU-U Unit (Handsfree Unit) .....................................................7-31
3.8.1
Installing an HFU-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline
Terminal but DTP-2DT-1/DTP-16HC-1 ........................... 7-31
3.8.2
Installing the External Microphone ................................... 7-32
3.8.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 7-33
xv
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.9
PCT( )-U( ) Unit (PC Telephony Board) ................................... 7-34
3.9.1
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP (Single Line Telephone) ................................. 7-35
3.10.1
Connecting the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP to the System ..............7-35
3.10.2
Wall Mounting the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP .................................7-37
VDD-U Unit (Voice/Data Unit for Digital Terminals) .................. 7-38
3.11.1
Installing a VDD-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal ...............7-38
3.11.2
Connecting Cables to the VDD-U Unit .............................7-38
Wall Mounting ............................................................................ 7-39
3.12.1
Removing and Remounting the Handset Hanger ............7-39
3.12.2
Wall Mounting Using the Base Unit .................................7-40
3.12.3
Installing the Wall Mount Unit and Mounting the
Multiline Terminal Using the WMU-U Unit .......................7-44
3.12.4
Removing the Multiline Terminal
from the Base Cover ........................................................7-48
3.12.5
Removing the Multiline Terminal
from the WMU-U Unit .......................................................7-48
Music on Hold ............................................................................ 7-49
3.13.1
xvi
Connecting a MIC/Line-In ................................................7-35
Connecting Audio Sources to the KSU ...........................7-49
3.14
Station Background Music ......................................................... 7-49
3.15
External Page Output ................................................................ 7-49
3.16
Connecting a KSU to a Personal Computer .............................. 7-50
3.16.1
Connecting the PC to the KSU ........................................7-50
3.16.2
Connecting the Printer to the KSU ...................................7-51
3.16.3
Remote Programming Using the Built-in Modem
(Modem Kit Unit) ..............................................................7-52
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Chapter 8
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i
Equipment
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 8-1
Section 2
Multiline Terminals .......................................................................... 8-1
Section 3
2.1
DTR-2DT-1 TEL ...........................................................................8-1
2.2
DTH/DTR-8-1 TEL .......................................................................8-2
2.3
DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL ....................................................................8-3
2.4
DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL ..................................................................8-4
2.5
DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL ..................................................................8-5
2.6
DCR-60-1 CONSOLE ..................................................................8-6
Single Line Telephones .................................................................. 8-7
3.1
DTR-1-1 TEL ...............................................................................8-7
3.2
DTR-1HM-1 TEL ..........................................................................8-8
Section 4
Connecting DTH/DTR to the System ............................................. 8-9
Section 5
Connecting DCR Attendant Console
to a Multiline Terminal .................................................................. 8-10
Section 6
Adjusting the DTH/DTR LCD ........................................................ 8-12
Section 7
Installing DTH/DTR Line Cards and Plastic Panels ................... 8-12
Section 8
Adjusting DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal Height ........................... 8-15
Section 9
Removing or Installing the Base Cover ...................................... 8-17
Section 10
Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table ........................................... 8-19
Section 11
Wall Mounting the DTH/DTR Telephone ..................................... 8-20
11.1
System Hardware Manual
Hanger Hook .............................................................................8-20
xvii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
11.2
Installing the Base Cover to the Wall ......................................... 8-21
11.3
Installing Base Cover on a Switch Box ...................................... 8-25
11.4
Installing Telephone Using WM-R Unit ...................................... 8-26
Section 12
Installing DTH/DTR Optional Equipment .....................................8-27
Section 13
Preparing DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal
for Adapter Installation .................................................................8-28
Section 14
Installation Procedures .................................................................8-31
14.1
AC-R Unit (AC Adapter) ............................................................ 8-31
14.1.1
14.2
14.3
AD(A)-R Unit (Ancillary Device Adapter) ................................... 8-33
14.2.1
Switch Settings and Wiring ..............................................8-34
14.2.2
Installing Core and Shielded Cable ..................................8-36
14.2.3
Installing the AD(A)-R Unit on a
DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal ............................................8-38
14.2.4
AD(A)-R Connections and Specifications ........................8-38
AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit (Port Adapter) ........................................... 8-41
14.3.1
14.4
14.5
Chapter 9
xviii
Connecting the AC-R Unit ...............................................8-31
Installing AP(A)-R or AP(R)-R Unit on any DTH/DTR
Multiline Terminal except DTR-2DT-1 .............................8-42
CT(A)-R Unit (Computer Telephony Adapter) ........................... 8-44
14.4.1
Typical Connection using an ESI/ESIC ...........................8-44
14.4.2
Typical Connection using VDH ETU ................................8-45
14.4.3
Installing the CT(A)-R Unit ...............................................8-45
14.4.4
Installing the Driver on the PC .........................................8-48
Removing or Installing BS(E)-R Key Unit .................................. 8-48
Installing Electra Professional Equipment
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................9-1
Section 2
Electra Professional Multiline Terminals ......................................9-1
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Section 3
Connecting an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite 48 System ........................................................ 9-2
3.1
Modular Terminal Connections ...................................................9-2
3.1.1
3.2
Section 4
Attach a Multiline Terminal to the System ...................................9-3
Installing Ancillary Device Adapter
in the Multiline Terminal ................................................................. 9-3
4.1
Section 5
Connecting Multiline Terminals, Attendant
Add-On Consoles, and SLT Adapters .............................. 9-2
Ancillary Device Adapter Installation ...........................................9-3
Connecting an Attendant Console
to a Multiline Terminal .................................................................... 9-5
Chapter 10 System Maintenance
Section 1
Introduction ................................................................................... 10-1
Section 2
Operational Current and Voltage Checks ................................... 10-1
Section 3
Operational Test Procedures ....................................................... 10-2
Section 4
System Hardware Manual
3.1
General Information ..................................................................10-2
3.2
Before Initializing .......................................................................10-2
3.2.1
Cable Connections .......................................................... 10-2
3.2.2
AC/DC Power .................................................................. 10-2
3.2.3
Initialization Check ........................................................... 10-3
3.3
System Initialization ...................................................................10-3
3.4
After Initialization
.....................................................................10-4
Troubleshooting ............................................................................ 10-5
4.1
Remote Administration and Maintenance .................................10-5
4.2
Problem Solving .........................................................................10-5
4.2.1
System Down .................................................................. 10-5
4.2.2
Partial Operation .............................................................. 10-5
xix
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.2.3
4.3
Reset ................................................................................10-6
Flowcharts ................................................................................. 10-6
No Internal Dial Tone to any Multiline Terminal or SLT ..................10-7
No LED or Display Indications on any Multiline Terminal ...............10-8
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) ...............................................10-9
No or Intermittent CO/PBX Ring ...................................................10-10
Call Dropping ................................................................................10-11
No Outside Dial Tone Access .......................................................10-12
CO/PBX Dialing Problem: Cannot Dial Out on CO .......................10-13
Multiline Terminal Function Problems ...........................................10-14
Multiline Terminal Ringing Problems ............................................10-15
Multiline Terminal Dial Tone Access Problems ............................10-16
No Dial Tone Access on SLT .......................................................10-17
Ringing Problem on SLT ..............................................................10-18
No Dial Access to Features on SLT .............................................10-19
Low Volume Problems ..................................................................10-20
External Paging Problems ............................................................10-21
SMDR Output Problems (No Call Accounting System) ................10-22
Appendix A Glossary of Abbreviations
xx
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure 1-1
System Configuration Example .................................................................... 1-3
Figure 2-1
System Block Diagram ................................................................................. 2-3
Figure 2-2
Connecting the ESI to the Multiline Terminal
Using Twisted 2-Pair Cable ......................................................................... 2-7
Figure 3-1
Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example ............................................. 3-5
Figure 4-1
Typical Full MDF Layout .............................................................................. 4-4
Figure 4-2
Power Failure Transfer Connection to SLT .................................................. 4-9
Figure 4-3
Fax CO Branch Connection ......................................................................... 4-9
Figure 4-4
Removing the Cover of the KSU ................................................................ 4-11
Figure 4-5
Threading the Velcro Strap Through the Hook on the KSU ....................... 4-12
Figure 4-6
Using the Template .................................................................................... 4-12
Figure 4-7
Hanging the KSU ....................................................................................... 4-13
Figure 4-8
Installing Screws ........................................................................................ 4-13
Figure 4-9
KSU Grounding .......................................................................................... 4-14
Figure 4-10
RAK-U10 Unit and KSU ............................................................................. 4-15
Figure 4-11
Mounting KSU on the RAK-U10 Unit ......................................................... 4-15
Figure 4-12
Disconnecting Cable from the PSU ........................................................... 4-17
Figure 4-13
Installing the PSU in the KSU .................................................................... 4-18
Figure 4-14
PSU Fuse Replacement ............................................................................ 4-19
Figure 4-15
Connecting Built-In Batteries ..................................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-16
Installing Batteries in the KSU ................................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-17
Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit ................................... 4-21
Figure 4-18
Connecting Cables for External Batteries .................................................. 4-22
System Hardware Manual
xxi
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 4-19
Connecting the External Power Cables to the PSU ...................................4-23
Figure 4-20
Installing the KSU Cover ............................................................................4-23
Figure 5-1
KSU ETU Slots .............................................................................................5-1
Figure 5-2
Wrist Strap Grounding ..................................................................................5-2
Figure 5-3
Handling an ETU ..........................................................................................5-3
Figure 5-4
Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU ................................5-3
Figure 5-5
Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU .............................................................5-4
Figure 5-6
CLKG-U( ) Unit .............................................................................................5-5
Figure 5-7
KSU MBD-U10 Unit ......................................................................................5-7
Figure 5-8
KSU Backup Battery Replacement ............................................................5-10
Figure 5-9
MIFA-U( ) ETU ...........................................................................................5-11
Figure 5-10
MIFM-U( ) ETU ...........................................................................................5-13
Figure 5-11
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU ........................................................................................5-16
Figure 5-12
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU Connections ...................................................................5-19
Figure 5-13
COI(8)-U( ) ETU .........................................................................................5-20
Figure 5-14
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections ...............................................................5-22
Figure 5-15
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU .......................................................................................5-23
Figure 5-16
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU Connections ..................................................................5-25
Figure 5-17
COIB(4)-U20 ETU ......................................................................................5-26
Figure 5-18
COIB(4)-U20 ETU Connections .................................................................5-28
Figure 5-19
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU .......................................................................................5-30
Figure 5-20
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU Connections ..................................................................5-32
Figure 5-21
COID(8)-U( ) ETU ......................................................................................5-34
Figure 5-22
COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections ............................................................5-36
Figure 5-23
DID(4)-U( ) ETU .........................................................................................5-37
Figure 5-24
DID(4)-U( ) ETU Connections ....................................................................5-38
xxii
List of Figures
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 5-25
DTI-U( ) ETU .............................................................................................. 5-39
Figure 5-26
DTI-U( ) ETU Connector ............................................................................ 5-42
Figure 5-27
IPT(8)-U( ) ETU .......................................................................................... 5-43
Figure 5-28
IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections ............................................................... 5-46
Figure 5-29
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU ........................................................................................ 5-47
Figure 5-30
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU Connector ...................................................................... 5-51
Figure 5-31
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU .......................................................................................... 5-52
Figure 5-32
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Connections ..................................................................... 5-54
Figure 5-33
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU ........................................................................................ 5-55
Figure 5-34
EliteMail CTI System Board ....................................................................... 5-60
Figure 5-35
EliteMail CTI Daughter Board .................................................................... 5-62
Figure 5-36
EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board ........................................................... 5-63
Figure 5-37
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU ........................................................................................ 5-65
Figure 5-38
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU Doorphone Connector ................................................... 5-67
Figure 5-39
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU ......................................................................................... 5-68
Figure 5-40
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU Connection ...................................................................... 5-69
Figure 5-41
FMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU .................................................................................. 5-70
Figure 5-42
FMS(8)-U( ) ETU ........................................................................................ 5-71
Figure 5-43
VMS DSP-U30 Unit Installation ................................................................. 5-77
Figure 5-44
FMS/CMS( )-U30 ETU .............................................................................. 5-78
Figure 5-45
OPX(2)-U( )Unit ......................................................................................... 5-82
Figure 5-46
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU CN1 Connection ............................................................ 5-83
Figure 5-47
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU .......................................................................................... 5-84
Figure 5-48
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections ............................................................... 5-85
Figure 5-49
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Jumpers ....................................................................... 5-88
Figure 5-50
10Base-T Cable Connections .................................................................... 5-88
System Hardware Manual
xxiii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 5-51
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU ......................................................................................5-89
Figure 5-52
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Connectors ..................................................................5-89
Figure 5-53
VDH2(8)-U( ) LED Indications ....................................................................5-91
Figure 5-54
Cable Connection Comparison ..................................................................5-93
Figure 5-55
VMS( )-U( ) ETU ........................................................................................5-96
Figure 5-56
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU ......................................................................................5-100
Figure 5-57
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU ......................................................................................5-103
Figure 5-58
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU Connections .................................................................5-107
Figure 5-59
CCH(4)-U10 ETU .....................................................................................5-108
Figure 5-60
ECR-U( ) Block Diagram ..........................................................................5-111
Figure 5-61
ECR-U( ) ETU ..........................................................................................5-113
Figure 5-62
PBR( )-U( ) ETU ......................................................................................5-114
Figure 5-63
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU ......................................................................................5-116
Figure 6-1
DTP-2DT-1 TEL Multiline Terminal ..............................................................6-1
Figure 6-2
DTU-8-1 TEL Multiline Terminal ...................................................................6-2
Figure 6-3
DTU-8D-2 TEL Multiline Terminal ................................................................6-3
Figure 6-4
DTU-16-1 TEL Multiline Terminal .................................................................6-4
Figure 6-5
DTU-16D-2 TEL Multiline Terminal ..............................................................6-5
Figure 6-6
DTU-32-1 TEL Multiline Terminal .................................................................6-6
Figure 6-7
DTU-32D-2 TEL Multiline Terminal ..............................................................6-7
Figure 6-8
DCU-60-1 Console .......................................................................................6-8
Figure 6-9
DTP-1-1 TEL Single Line Telephone ...........................................................6-9
Figure 6-10
DTP-1HM-1(WH) TEL Single Line Telephone ...........................................6-10
Figure 6-11
Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System ..........................................6-11
Figure 6-12
Leading Line Cords on a Multiline Terminal ...............................................6-11
xxiv
List of Figures
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 6-13
Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter
when Installing a DCU Attendant Console ................................................. 6-12
Figure 6-14
DCU Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal ........................................ 6-13
Figure 6-15
Adjusting the DTU/DTP LCD ..................................................................... 6-13
Figure 6-16
Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal ..... 6-14
Figure 6-17
Installing Plastic Panel on a DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal ......................... 6-15
Figure 6-18
Removing the Plastic Panel from the Multiline Terminal ............................ 6-16
Figure 6-19
Removing DTU/DTP Softkeys ................................................................... 6-17
Figure 6-20
Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal ........... 6-18
Figure 6-21
Raising the Base Plate on the DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal ...................... 6-18
Figure 6-22
Adjusting the DTU/DTP Line Cord Length ................................................. 6-19
Figure 6-23
Lowering the Base Plate on the DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal ................... 6-19
Figure 6-24
Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal ...................................................................... 6-20
Figure 6-25
Dterm Cordless II ........................................................................................ 6-21
Figure 6-26
Connecting the Base Unit .......................................................................... 6-22
Figure 6-27
Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal .............................................................. 6-24
Figure 6-28
Dterm Analog Cordless Terminal ................................................................ 6-25
Figure 6-29
Dterm PS II Wireless Terminal .................................................................... 6-27
Figure 6-30
Removing the DTP Hook ........................................................................... 6-28
Figure 6-31
Turning the Hook Over ............................................................................... 6-28
Figure 6-32
Sliding the Hook into Position .................................................................... 6-29
Figure 6-33
Removing the Screws ................................................................................ 6-29
Figure 6-34
Replacing the Plate and Screw .................................................................. 6-30
Figure 6-35
Protruding Screws ...................................................................................... 6-30
Figure 6-36
Mounting the Telephone ............................................................................ 6-31
Figure 7-1
Raising the Base Plate ................................................................................. 7-2
System Hardware Manual
xxv
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-2
Unlocking Tab ..............................................................................................7-2
Figure 7-3
Releasing Right Tab .....................................................................................7-3
Figure 7-4
Removing Bottom Cover ..............................................................................7-3
Figure 7-5
Removing Base Plate Dummy End ..............................................................7-4
Figure 7-6
Cutting Dummy End in Half ..........................................................................7-4
Figure 7-7
Installing Adapter in Connector 1 .................................................................7-5
Figure 7-8
Installing Dummy End B ...............................................................................7-5
Figure 7-9
ACA-U Unit Connection ...............................................................................7-6
Figure 7-10
Attaching the ADA-U Unit to the Multiline Terminal .....................................7-7
Figure 7-11
Leading the Audio Cable out from the ADA-U Unit .....................................7-8
Figure 7-12
ADA-U Unit ...................................................................................................7-8
Figure 7-13
Attaching Cables to the ADA-U Unit ............................................................7-9
Figure 7-14
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings .......................................................................7-11
Figure 7-15
APA-U Unit .................................................................................................7-13
Figure 7-16
Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal ................................................7-14
Figure 7-17
APA-U Unit Switches .................................................................................7-14
Figure 7-18
Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit ......................................................7-15
Figure 7-19
APR-U Unit .................................................................................................7-16
Figure 7-20
Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal ................................................7-17
Figure 7-21
Leading the Telephone Cord out from the Unit ..........................................7-17
Figure 7-22
Closing the Base Plate Cover ....................................................................7-18
Figure 7-23
APR-U Unit Switches .................................................................................7-18
Figure 7-24
Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit ......................................................7-19
Figure 7-25
Attaching an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to a PC .................................7-20
Figure 7-26
CTA-U Unit .................................................................................................7-20
Figure 7-27
Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal ................................................7-21
xxvi
List of Figures
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-28
Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the
CTA-U Unit on the Multiline Terminal ........................................................ 7-22
Figure 7-29
CTU(C)-U Unit ........................................................................................... 7-23
Figure 7-30
CTU(S)-U Unit ............................................................................................ 7-24
Figure 7-31
DBM(B)-U( ) and DBM(E)-U( ) Message Display Boards .......................... 7-25
Figure 7-32
Maximum Display Indications .................................................................... 7-26
Figure 7-33
Removing Cutout ....................................................................................... 7-27
Figure 7-34
Connecting the Bracket .............................................................................. 7-27
Figure 7-35
Threading Screw into Wall ......................................................................... 7-28
Figure 7-36
Hanging DBM(B)-U( ) on Screw ................................................................. 7-29
Figure 7-37
Installing Bottom Screws ............................................................................ 7-29
Figure 7-38
Connecting DBM(B)-U( ) ............................................................................ 7-30
Figure 7-39
Connecting DBM(B)-U( ) to ESI Port ......................................................... 7-31
Figure 7-40
HFU-U Unit ................................................................................................ 7-31
Figure 7-41
Microphone with Mute ................................................................................ 7-32
Figure 7-42
Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline Terminal ......................................... 7-32
Figure 7-43
HFU-U Unit Switches ................................................................................. 7-33
Figure 7-44
Connecting a Single Line Telephone to the System
using an SLT(1)-U( ) ADP .......................................................................... 7-35
Figure 7-45
Connecting the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP ............................................................... 7-36
Figure 7-46
Removing the Screws from the
Figure 7-47
Attaching the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP to the Wall ................................................ 7-37
Figure 7-48
VDD-U Unit ................................................................................................ 7-38
Figure 7-49
Connecting the Cables on the VDD-U Unit ................................................ 7-39
Figure 7-50
Positioning the Handset Hanger ................................................................ 7-40
Figure 7-51
Removing the Knockout ............................................................................. 7-40
System Hardware Manual
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP ................................... 7-37
xxvii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-52
Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall ..........................................................7-41
Figure 7-53
Wall Mounting Using a Modular Jack .........................................................7-41
Figure 7-54
Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Wall Jack .............................................7-42
Figure 7-55
Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Modular Jack .......................................7-42
Figure 7-56
Attaching the Bottom Tabs of the Multiline Terminal
to the Base Cover ......................................................................................7-43
Figure 7-57
Attaching the Top Tabs of the Base to the Base Cover .............................7-43
Figure 7-58
Installed Wall Mount Unit ...........................................................................7-44
Figure 7-59
Removing the Tabs from the Adapter ........................................................7-45
Figure 7-60
Removing the Tabs from the WMU-U Unit .................................................7-45
Figure 7-61
Leading the Line Cord Out of the WMU-U Unit ..........................................7-46
Figure 7-62
Attaching the Wall Mount Unit to the Wall ..................................................7-46
Figure 7-63
Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU-U Unit ..................................7-47
Figure 7-64
Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover ..............................7-48
Figure 7-65
Music Source Connections ........................................................................7-49
Figure 7-66
External Page Output .................................................................................7-50
Figure 7-67
Connecting a PC to the KSU ......................................................................7-51
Figure 8-1
DTR-2DT-1 TEL Multiline Terminal ..............................................................8-1
Figure 8-2
DTH/DTR-8-1 TEL Multiline Terminal ..........................................................8-2
Figure 8-3
DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL Multiline Terminal ........................................................8-3
Figure 8-4
DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL Multiline Terminal ......................................................8-4
Figure 8-5
DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL Multiline Terminal ......................................................8-5
Figure 8-6
DCR-60-1 Console .......................................................................................8-6
Figure 8-7
DTR-1-1 TEL Single Line Telephone ...........................................................8-7
Figure 8-8
DTR-1HM-1 TEL Single Line Telephone .....................................................8-8
Figure 8-9
Connecting a DTH/DTR Terminal to the System .........................................8-9
xxviii
List of Figures
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 8-10
Leading Line Cord on a DTH/DTR Terminal ................................................ 8-9
Figure 8-11
Joining DCR Console to a Terminal ........................................................... 8-10
Figure 8-12
Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When
nstalling a DCR Attendant Console ........................................................... 8-11
Figure 8-13
DCR Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal ........................................ 8-11
Figure 8-14
Adjusting the DTH/DTR LCD ..................................................................... 8-12
Figure 8-15
Removing the Line Panel ........................................................................... 8-13
Figure 8-16
Placing Line Card on the Line Panel .......................................................... 8-14
Figure 8-17
Installing Plastic Panel on DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal ............................ 8-15
Figure 8-18
Raising DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal Height .............................................. 8-15
Figure 8-19
Lowering the Base Cover on the Multiline Terminal .................................. 8-16
Figure 8-20
Removing Base Cover ............................................................................... 8-17
Figure 8-21
Installing Base Cover ................................................................................. 8-18
Figure 8-22
Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table ................................................ 8-19
Figure 8-23
Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal ................................. 8-20
Figure 8-24
Removing the Hook ................................................................................... 8-20
Figure 8-25
Sliding the Hook into Position .................................................................... 8-21
Figure 8-26
Removing Cutout ....................................................................................... 8-21
Figure 8-27
Bundling Line Cord .................................................................................... 8-22
Figure 8-28
Installing Base Cover ................................................................................. 8-22
Figure 8-29
Installing the Telephone ............................................................................. 8-23
Figure 8-30
Plugging in Line Cord ................................................................................. 8-23
Figure 8-31
Hiding Excess Cord ................................................................................... 8-24
Figure 8-32
Removing the Telephone ........................................................................... 8-24
Figure 8-33
Installing Base Cover on Switch Box ......................................................... 8-25
Figure 8-34
Wall Installation Complete ......................................................................... 8-25
System Hardware Manual
xxix
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 8-35
Installing WM-R Unit on the Wall ...............................................................8-26
Figure 8-36
Installing Telephone on WM-R Unit ...........................................................8-27
Figure 8-37
Raising the Base Plate ...............................................................................8-28
Figure 8-38
Removing the DTH/DTR Base Plate ..........................................................8-29
Figure 8-39
Modifying Base Cover ................................................................................8-30
Figure 8-40
AC-R Unit ...................................................................................................8-31
Figure 8-41
AC-R Unit Connection to Adapter ..............................................................8-32
Figure 8-42
AD(A)-R Unit ..............................................................................................8-33
Figure 8-43
Connecting DTH/DTR to Recorder ............................................................8-33
Figure 8-44
AD(A)-R Switch With Default Settings .......................................................8-35
Figure 8-45
AD(A) Connection for Recording Only .......................................................8-35
Figure 8-46
DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal ........................8-36
Figure 8-47
Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal .........................................8-36
Figure 8-48
Removing Cover ........................................................................................8-36
Figure 8-49
Core Cable Installation ...............................................................................8-37
Figure 8-50
Cable Access Port ......................................................................................8-37
Figure 8-51
Attaching the AD(A)-R Unit to the Multiline Terminal .................................8-38
Figure 8-52
AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit and Switches .............................................................8-41
Figure 8-53
Typical Connection .....................................................................................8-41
Figure 8-54
Attaching the AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit to the
DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal ......................................................................8-43
Figure 8-55
Installing Ferrite Core .................................................................................8-43
Figure 8-56
CT(A)-R Unit ..............................................................................................8-44
Figure 8-57
Typical Connection for ESI/ESIC ...............................................................8-45
Figure 8-58
Typical Connection Using VDH ETU ..........................................................8-45
Figure 8-59
Attaching the CT(A)-R Unit to the DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal ................8-46
xxx
List of Figures
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 8-60
Installing and Anchoring Headset .............................................................. 8-47
Figure 8-61
Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the
CT(A)-R Unit on the Multiline Terminal ...................................................... 8-47
Figure 8-62
Removing Key Unit .................................................................................... 8-48
Figure 8-63
Installing Key Unit ...................................................................................... 8-49
Figure 9-1
Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline Terminals and
Attendant Add-On Consoles ........................................................................ 9-2
Figure 9-2
Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite 48 System ...................................................................... 9-3
Figure 9-3
Removing Knockout ..................................................................................... 9-4
Figure 9-4
Unit Installation ............................................................................................ 9-4
Figure 9-5
Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal ........................... 9-5
System Hardware Manual
xxxi
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
xxxii
List of Figures
List of Tables
Table 1
FIC, REN, SOC, and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETUs...................... 2
Table 2
Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs............................................ 6
Table 2-1
List of Abbreviations ....................................................................................... 2-1
Table 2-2
Maximum System Capacities ......................................................................... 2-4
Table 2-3
Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length ................................. 2-5
Table 2-4
Cable Connection Between the Analog Port
and the Single Line Equipment ....................................................................... 2-7
Table 2-5
Cable Connection Between ESI/VDH and PCT Board ................................... 2-7
Table 2-6
Cabling Requirements .................................................................................... 2-8
Table 2-7
Zone Transceiver II Range ............................................................................. 2-8
Table 2-8
Power Consumption ....................................................................................... 2-9
Table 2-9
Fuse Replacement ......................................................................................... 2-9
Table 2-10
Weights and Dimensions .............................................................................. 2-15
Table 2-11
Tone Patterns ............................................................................................... 2-21
Table 2-12
Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern ........................................................... 2-22
Table 3-1
Number of Required Interface ETUs .............................................................. 3-6
Table 4-1
MDF Cable Connections ................................................................................ 4-5
Table 5-1
MBD-U10 Unit Default Switch Settings .......................................................... 5-8
Table 5-2
MBD-U10 Unit LED Indications ...................................................................... 5-9
Table 5-3
MIFA-U( ) Default Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-12
Table 5-4
MIFA-U( ) LED Indications ............................................................................ 5-12
Table 5-5
MIFM-U( ) Default Switch Settings ............................................................... 5-14
Table 5-6
MIFM-U( ) LED Indications ........................................................................... 5-14
Table 5-7
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ................................................................ 5-18
System Hardware Manual
xxxiii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-8
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings ................................................5-21
Table 5-9
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ............................................................5-21
Table 5-10
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings ...................................................5-24
Table 5-11
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ...............................................................5-24
Table 5-12
COIB(4)-U20 ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings ......................................5-27
Table 5-13
COIB(4)-U20 ETU LED Indications ..............................................................5-28
Table 5-14
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings ......................................5-31
Table 5-15
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ...............................................................5-31
Table 5-16
COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications .........................................................5-35
Table 5-17
DID(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ..................................................................5-38
Table 5-18
DTI-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings ...........................................................5-40
Table 5-19
DTI-U( ) ETU LED Indications ......................................................................5-41
Table 5-20
VoIP Options .................................................................................................5-44
Table 5-21
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU SW1 Settings ....................................................................5-48
Table 5-22
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU LED Indications .................................................................5-49
Table 5-23
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings .......................................................5-53
Table 5-24
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ...................................................................5-53
Table 5-25
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Reset Switch .....................................................................5-56
Table 5-26
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Maximum Conference Time Switch .................................5-56
Table 5-27
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Party Size Switch ..............................................................5-56
Table 5-28
CNF(8)-U() ETU LED Indications .................................................................5-57
Table 5-29
Configuration Support ...................................................................................5-59
Table 5-30
System Board Components ..........................................................................5-60
Table 5-31
Daughter Board Components .......................................................................5-62
Table 5-32
Port Expansion Board Components .............................................................5-63
Table 5-33
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Jumper Settings ...................................................5-66
xxxiv
List of Tables
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 5-34
Configuration Support Table ......................................................................... 5-72
Table 5-35
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings ...................................................... 5-73
Table 5-36
FMS DIP Switch Functions ........................................................................... 5-73
Table 5-37
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ..................................................... 5-74
Table 5-38
Switch Settings for EliteMail VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 ETU ............................... 5-79
Table 5-39
Jumper Settings ............................................................................................ 5-79
Table 5-40
VMS/FMS/CMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U30 ETU LED Indications ................................... 5-80
Table 5-41
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Specifications ................................................................. 5-86
Table 5-42
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings .................................................. 5-90
Table 5-43
Jumper Settings ............................................................................................ 5-91
Table 5-44
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications .............................................................. 5-92
Table 5-45
Configuration Support Table ......................................................................... 5-94
Table 5-46
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings ...................................................... 5-97
Table 5-47
VMS Dip Switch Functions ........................................................................... 5-97
Table 5-48
VMS(2)/(4)(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications ...................................................... 5-98
Table 5-49
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications .............................................................. 5-101
Table 5-50
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings .................................................. 5-104
Table 5-51
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU LED Indications .............................................................. 5-105
Table 5-52
ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6 .............................................................. 5-106
Table 5-53
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings .................................................. 5-109
Table 5-54
CCH(4)-U( ) LED Indications ...................................................................... 5-109
Table 5-55
Connector Descriptions (CN2) .................................................................... 5-112
Table 5-56
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings .................................................. 5-117
Table 5-57
VRS(4) LED Indications .............................................................................. 5-117
Table 7-1
ADA-U Cable Connections ........................................................................... 7-10
Table 7-2
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings ......................................................................... 7-12
System Hardware Manual
xxxv
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 7-3
APA-U Unit Switch Settings for SW3 ............................................................7-15
Table 7-4
APR-U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SW3 ............................................7-19
Table 7-5
HFU-U Unit Switch Settings ..........................................................................7-33
Table 8-1
AD(A)-R Unit Switch Settings .......................................................................8-34
Table 8-2
AD(A)-R Cable Connections .........................................................................8-39
Table 8-3
AP(A)-R/AP(R)-R Unit Switch Settings .........................................................8-42
Table 8-4
CT(A)-R Unit Switch Settings .......................................................................8-46
Table 10-1
Voltage Measurement ...................................................................................10-3
xxxvi
List of Tables
Chapter 1
Introduction
1st Tab
Introduction
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
1.1
Chapter 1
Unique Design
The Electra Elite 48 system is a powerful key system that meets
the ever changing business communications demands of today.
Unique compact design allows it to be easily and quickly installed.
Electra Elite 48 is a feature-rich system that provides telephone
functions and supports advanced features such as:
System Hardware Manual
Automatic Number Indication (ANI)/Caller ID
Automatic Route Selection (ARS)
Caller ID Call Return
Centralized Voice Mail
Computer Telephony Integration (CTI)
Dialed Number Indication Service (DNIS)
Dterm Analog Cordless Terminal
Dterm Cordless II Terminal
Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal
Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal
Elite ACD Plus
Emergency 911 – Cut through
Enhanced 911
Integrated Digital Voice Mail
ISDN-BRI and PRI Voice Trunks
K-CCIS Common Channel Interoffice Signaling
LAN/KTS Cabling Integration
Least Cost Routing (LCR)
Live Monitoring
Live Record
Multiline Conference Bridge
Multilingual LCD Indication
Multiple Music on Hold using CO Interface
1-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
PC Attendant Console
Unified Messaging
Uniform Call Distribution (UCD)
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP)
Wireless
Optional 33.6 kbps Modem for Remote Programming and
Maintenance
The Electra Elite 48 system offers a variety of compatible Multiline
Terminals that are available in 8-line, 16-line, and 32-line capacities
and offered as display and non-display terminals. A 2-line
non-display terminal, 60-line Attendant Console, and a variety of
cordless terminals are also available.
A customer with existing Electra Professional terminals can easily
connect them to the Electra Elite 48 system to provide inexpensive
migration. Most Electra Elite 48 system features are available with
the Electra Professional Multiline Terminals.
The Electra Elite 48 system supports a wide range of additional
equipment including Single Line Telephones, external speakers,
facsimile machines, external microphones, and headsets that can
be connected to the system to accommodate individual customer
needs. Figure 1-1 System Configuration Example shows a system
with standard and optional equipment (some locally provided).
1-2
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Wireless
PS II
External
Speakerphone
External
Speaker
ZT II
Least Cost Routing
Computer Telephony Integration
ElectraMail CTI (Unified Messaging)
Single Line
Telephone
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal
Dterm Series E Multiline Terminal
Dterm Series i Multiline Terminal (DTR)
Electra Elite IPK Multiline Terminal (DTH)
Message Display
Board
Headset
Station Message Detail
Recording (SMDR)
Dterm EXT
(Telecommuting)
Answering
Machine
Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP) Trunks
Facsimile
Attendant
Console
Dterm Handset Cordless
Dterm Cordless Lite
Dterm Cordless II
Dterm Analog Cordless
CO/PBX/Centrex/DID
/Tie/FT1/ISDN-BRI
PC Programming
Figure 1-1 System Configuration Example
System Hardware Manual
1-3
Issue 6
SECTION 2
EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION
Electra Elite
2.1
Equipment List
The following table lists all equipment used with the Electra Elite 48
system. The equipment name, a description of the equipment, and
the KSU quantities allowed for each unit are included. The list is
arranged alphabetically by category.
Equipment Name
The following maximum values are based on the assumption that at
least one Electronic Station Interface ETU and one Trunk Interface ETU
are installed
Description
KSU Maximum
Quantities
Key Service Units, Power Supply Units, and Adapters
The Basic Key Service Unit (KSU) for the Electra Elite System
provides service for outside lines, Attendant Consoles, and
interconnection of the station terminals. The basic KSU provides 48
ports.
B48-U10 KSU
The B48-U10 KSU provides seven slots. Slot 1 is an ESI card that
is built-in on the MBD-U10 Unit. Slot S2 is the ISA slot. Slots
S3~S6 are interface slots with MDF connections. Slots S2 and S7
have no MDF connections and may be used for ETUs that do not
require MDF connections (e.g., MIFM, PBR, VRS, or VMS).
1 per system
The P64-U10 PSU (power supply unit), backup batteries, one PFT
connection, and one external zone paging connection are included
with each KSU.
P64-U10 PSU
The Power Supply Unit is included with the B48-U10 KSU.
1 per system
Common Electronic Telephone Units
CLKG-U( ) Unit
The Clock Unit provides synchronization for FT1, ISDN Basic Rate,
and ISDN Primary Rate connections. The unit is mounted on the
MBD-U10 Unit in the B48-U10 KSU and supports the DTI-U( ),
BRT(4)-U( ), PRT(1)-U( ), and BSU(2)-U( ) ETUs.
1 per system with FT1,
ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI or
Wireless connections
KMM(1.0)U
This unit is installed on the MIFM-U( ) ETU and adds LCR and
Caller ID scrolling and dialing features.
1 per
MIFM-U10 ETU
1-4
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Description
The MBD-U10 Unit contains a 32-bit microprocessor that has
overall control of the system. This ETU communicates with the
interface boards and supports up to 48 ports (five interface cards).
KSU Maximum
Quantities
1 MBD per system
4 PBR circuits
16 voice mail ports
The first IF slot (S1) is built-in on this board and is designated as an
(analog)
ESI(8).
24 voice mail ports (digital)
48 ports
7 slots
MBD-U10 Unit
32 Station Ports
1 Power Failure Transfer
16 Trunks
32 PC Telephony Boards
16 Conference Circuits
1 built-in External Paging
connection
This unit provides additional memory for processing and backup for
UCD.
MIFA-U( ) ETU
This ETU must be installed in slot S2.
1 MIFA-U( ) ETU
Electra Stat ACD feature is not supported using the
MIFA-U10 ETU with KMA.
This Unit provides additional memory for PC programming and
SMDR, LCR Caller ID scrolling, or Wireless programming.
MIFM-U( ) ETU
This ETU must be installed in slot S2.
1 MIFM-U( ) ETU
When the LCR Caller ID Scroll functions are desired, the
KMM(1.0)U must be installed.
Modem Kit Unit
The modem unit is installed on the PCT(S)-U( ) Unit or MIFM-U( )
ETU.
1 per system
Trunk Electronic Telephone Units
This Basic Rate Interface unit provides four channels (eight voice
channels) for ISDN Basic Rate Interface.
Caller ID is supported.
This ETU is installed in slot S3 or S4 in the B48-U10 KSU (S7000
or lower).
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
Using S8000 or higher, This ETU can be installed in slots S3~S6 in
the B48-U10 KSU
2 ETUs
(16 B Channels)
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
A CLKG-U( )Unit must be installed.
System Hardware Manual
1-5
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Electra Elite
Description
KSU Maximum
Quantities
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU. This unit
supports four outside (CO/PBX) lines and provides circuitry for ring
detection, holding, and dialing.
The outside lines must be Loop Start DTMF trunks.
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
4 ETUs
16 CO/PBX lines
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU. This unit
supports eight outside (CO/PBX) lines and provides circuitry for ring
detection, holding, and dialing.
The outside lines can be any combination of Loop Start or Ground
Start DTMF trunks.
COI(8)-U( )ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
2 ETUs
16 CO/PBX lines
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U( ) or COID(4)-U( )
ETU to provide Central Office interface. When ETU is set for COID
mode, Loop Start trunks and /or Caller ID trunks are supported.
When the ETU is set for COI mode, Loop Start or Ground Start is
supported. Caller ID is not supported in COI mode. Connections
for Ground Start trunks are polarity sensitive.
Only DTMF signaling is supported.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
For COID mode: Caller ID trunks must be installed in slot S3 or S4
(S7000 or lower).
For COID mode (S8000 or higher): Caller ID trunks can be
installed in slots S3~S6.
COI Mode
4 ETUs
16 CO/PBX lines
COID Mode
2 ETUs
8 CO (Class) lines
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
Tip and RIng electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
1-6
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Description
KSU Maximum
Quantities
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U( ) or COID(4)-U( )
ETU to provide Central Office interface. This ETU has transmit and
receive pad controls.. When ETU is set for COID mode, Loop Start
trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported. When the ETU is set for
COI mode, Loop Start is supported. Ground Start Trunks are not
supported. Caller ID is not supported in COI mode. Fax CO
Branch support is provided on port 4 only.
Only DTMF signaling is supported.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk on port 3 only.
COIB(4)-U20 ETU
COI Mode
4 ETUs
For COI mode: ETUs can be installed in slots S3~S6.
For COID mode: Caller ID trunks must be installed in slot S3 or S4
(S7000 or lower).
COID Mode
2 ETUs
For COID mode (S8000 or higher): Caller ID trunks can be
installed in slots S3~S6.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
Tip and RIng electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
This ETU can function the same as the COI(8)-U( )or COID(8)-U( )
ETU to provide Central Office interface. When ETU is set for COID
mode, Loop Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported. When
the ETU is set for COI mode, Loop Start is supported. Ground
Start Trunks are not supported. Caller ID is not supported in COI
mode. Fax CO Branch is not supported.
Only DTMF signaling is supported.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk on port 3 or 7.
COIB(8)-U( )
For COI mode, ETUs can be installed in slots S3~S6.
For COID mode: Caller ID trunks must be installed in slot S3 or S4
(S7000 or lower).
COI Mode
2 ETUs
COID Mode
1 ETU
For COID mode (S8000 or higher): Caller ID trunks can be
installed in slots S3~S6.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
Tip and RIng electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
System Hardware Manual
1-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Equipment Name
Description
KSU Maximum
Quantities
The Central Office Caller ID ETU detects Caller ID signals from the
central office and sends caller identification to the MBD-U10 Unit.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU.
This unit provides loop start DTMF trunks only and supports four
outside (CO/PBX) lines. The unit provides circuitry for ring
detection, holding, and dialing.
COID(4)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is installed in slot S3 or S4 in the B48-U10 KSU (S7000 or
lower).
2 ETUs
8 CO (Class) lines
For COID mode (S8000 or higher): Caller ID trunks can be
installed in slots S3~S6.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
The Central Office Caller ID ETU detects Caller ID signals from the
central office and sends caller identification to the MBD-U10 Unit.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU.
This unit provides loop start DTMF trunks only and supports eight
outside (CO/PBX) lines. The unit provides circuitry for ring
detection, holding, and dialing.
COID(8)-U( )ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S3 or S4 in the B48-U10 KSU (S7000
or lower).
2 ETUs
16 CO (Class) lines
For COID mode (S8000 or higher): Caller ID trunks can be
installed in slots S3~S6.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
The Direct Inward Dialing Interface Unit supports up to four DID or
four 2-way DID lines. Each DID(4)-U( ) ETU requires one interface
slot position in the KSU.
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
Immediate, wink start, second dial tone, and delay start
signaling can be combined on this ETU.
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
4 ETUs
16 DID Trunks
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
These ETUs share the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
1-8
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Description
KSU Maximum
Quantities
The Digital Trunk Interface ETU terminates Fractional T1 (16 DS-0
channels) lines. This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring
detection, holding, dialing, control function, Tie line (E&M), and DID
signaling.
Only the DTI-U30 ETU supports K-CCIS common channel
signaling.
Automatic Number Indication (ANI) is supported.
DTI-U( ) ETU
(S7000 or lower)
A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start trunks, DID trunks, or
Tie lines can be used on the ETU. Each trunk is assigned in groups
of four. DTMF or Dial Pulse dialing is supported.
1 ETU
16 lines
This ETU is installed in slot S4 in the B48-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines.
DTI-U( ) ETU and PRT(1)-U( ) ETU cannot be used in the
same system.
A CLKG-U( ) Unit must be installed.
DTI-U( ) ETU
(S8000 or higher)
This ETU can installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
4 ETUs
16 Lines
This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that can combine
trunk calls into Gateway trunks.
This ETU can emulate the following ETUs: TLI(2)-U( ), DID(4)-U( ),
COI(4)/(8)-U( ), or COID(4)/(8)-U( ). Refer to the applicable ETU
assignment for the trunk capacity.
IPT(4)-U( ) ETU
This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support the applicable
assigned ETU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk cards installed. This
ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
4 ETUs
Variable
IP Gateway Trunks
16 lines
This ETU also shares the total number of station ports in the
system.
This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that can combine
trunk calls into Gateway trunks.
This ETU can emulate the following ETUs: TLI(2)-U( ), DID(4)-U( ),
COI(4)/(8)-U( ), or COID(4)/(8)-U( ). Refer to the applicable ETU
assignment for the trunk capacity.
IPT(8)-U( ) ETU
This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support the applicable
assigned ETU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk cards installed. This
ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
4 ETUS
Variable
IP Gateway Trunks
32 lines
This ETU also shares the total number of station ports in the
system.
System Hardware Manual
1-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Equipment Name
Description
KSU Maximum
Quantities
The Integrated Service Digital Network (ISDN) - Primary Rate
Interface (PRI) is a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN)
service that provides 16B channels and a D channel (16B + D) for
voice call trunking. The B channels have 16 CO/PBX connections.
Caller ID is supported.
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
(S7000 or lower)
This ETU is installed in slot S4 in the B48-U10 KSU (S7000 or
lower).
1 ETU
16 lines
The maximum number depends on other Trunks installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
PRT(1)-U( ) and DTI-U( ) cannot be used in the same system.
A CLKG-U( ) Unit must be installed.
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
(S8000 or higher)
This ETU can be installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
4 ETUs
16 Lines
The Tie Line Interface ETU supports the termination and operation
of up to two E&M Tie lines (4-wire, type I and type V, and 10/20 pps
Dial Pulse or DTMF).
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
Immediate, wink start, second dial tone, and Delay dial
signaling can be combined on this ETU.
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
4 ETUs
8 Tie lines
The maximum number depends on other Trunk cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines in the system.
Station Electronic Telephone Units
The Multiline Conference Bridge feature allows any intercom user or
any outside party calling a port of the CNF(8)-U( ) to join or make a
multiparty conference call.
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
This ETU supports one 8-party conference or two 4-party
conferences regulated by a switch setting.
This ETU is installed in slots S2~S7 in the B48-U10 KSU.
2 ETUs
(16 Conference Ports)
The system recognizes this ETU as SLI(8)-U10 ETU.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)
/(16)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is a 4-, 8-, 12-, or 16-port Digital Voice Mail system with
ports that can support TeLANophy, inbound/outbound faxing, and
Hospitality/HVM applications.
It can be installed in one of the S2~S7 interface slots. Slot S7 is
recommended.
1 ETU
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
1 - 10
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
Description
The Doorphone interface ETU allows four DP-D-1A Doorphones to
be connected. Two simultaneous calls are allowed, and four Door
Lock Release relays are provided.
KSU Maximum
Quantities
1 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
The Electronic Station Interface ETU contains eight circuits. Each
circuit can support any Attendant Console, Multiline Terminal, or
Single Line Telephone adapter.
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU. The first
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU is built in on the MBD-U10 Unit of the
B48-U10 KSU and designated as Slot 1 (Ports 01~08).
3 ETUs
32 Extensions
The maximum number depends on other Station cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
This ETU is installed in one of the S2~S7 interface slots. It has two,
four, or eight channels of built-in Voice Mail.
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( )
ETU
The system recognizes this ETU as VMS(4)/(8)-U( )ETU.
1 ETU
Slot S7 is the recommended slot for installation.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
The Off-Premise Extension ETU provides for the termination and
operation of a maximum of two off-premise extensions. Each ETU
has a built-in ringer (RSG). Up to 1600 ohms of loop resistance
(including the Single Line Instrument) is acceptable between the
OPX ETU and the Single Line Telephone.
3 ETUs
6 extensions
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
The Single Line Interface ETU supports a maximum of four Single
Line Telephones and/or analog voice mail ports. This ETU provides
Ringing Signal Generator (RSG) and Message Waiting (MW) LED
voltage to Single Line Telephones.
4 ETUs
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
16 ports
The maximum number depends on other station cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports.
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
The Single Line Interface ETU supports a maximum of eight Single
Line Telephones and/or voice mail ports. This ETU provides
Ringing Signal Generator (RSG) and Message Waiting (MW) LED
voltage to Single Line Telephones.
3 ETUs
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
24 ports
The maximum number depends on other station cards installed.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 11
Issue 6
Equipment Name
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
Electra Elite
Description
The Voice Data Hub ETU allows integration of both Terminal and
10Base-T cables for local area network (LAN) into the same cable
(10Base-T and 10Base-2 are supported).
This ETU is installed in slots S2~S7 in the B48-U10 KSU.
KSU Maximum
Quantities
3 ETUs
24 extensions
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
This ETU is installed in one of the S2~S7 interface slots. It has two
channels of built-in Voice Mail.
VMS(2)-U( ) ETU
Slot S7 is recommended for installation.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
This ETU is installed in one of the S2~S7 interface slots. It has four
channels of built-in Voice Mail.
VMS(4)-U( ) ETU
Slot S7 is recommended for installation.
1 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
This ETU is installed in one of the S2~S7 interface slots. It has
eight channels of built-in Voice Mail.
VMS(8)-U( ) ETU
Slot S7 is recommended for installation.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
VMS/FMS/CMS
(8)-U30 ETU
This ETU is installed in one of the S2~S7 interface slots. It has
eight channels of built-in Voice Mail.
Slot S7 is recommended for installation.
1 VMS/FMS/CMS(8)-U30
ETU
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in the system.
Optional Electronic Telephone Units
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
The Automatic Call Distribution ETU interfaces the Elite ACD Plus
Server with the Electra Elite KSU.
This ETU is installed in one of the S2~S7 interface slots. Slot S6 is
recommended.
The Base Station Unit ETU interfaces the KSU with the ZT II Zone
Transceiver for wireless communication with a PS II Personal
Station.
1 ETU
3 ETUs
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
A CLKG-U( ) Unit must be installed.
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
1 - 12
The Common Channel Handler furnishes four K-CCIS routes to
coordinate receiving common channel data from a distant system or
to coordinate sending it to a distant system using Tie Lines.
1
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
ECR-U( ) ETU
Description
The External Control Relay ETU provides common audible tone
signaling using relay contacts for external ringing equipment and an
audible output for external paging systems. Four External Tone
Ringer Control relays, one Night Chime relay, three External Paging
relays, and two General Purpose relays are provided.
KSU Maximum
Quantities
1 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S3~S6 in the B48-U10 KSU.
PBR( )-U( ) ETU
The Push Button Receiver ETU detects and translates DTMF tones
generated by Single Line Telephones, modems, or facsimile
machines.
The PBR provides four circuits for Single Line
Telephones only.
1 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S2~S7 in the B48-U10 KSU.
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
Four PBR circuits are built into the MBD-U10 Unit.
The Voice Recording Service ETU provides voice recording
messages for internal stations, automatic answering on incoming
outside calls, Delay Announcement messages for UCD by a voice
recorded message, and receives DTMF tones.
2 ETUs
This ETU is installed in slots S2~S7 in the B48-U10 KSU.
Terminals
DCR-60-1
CONSOLE
This Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys (each with
two LEDs). Twelve keys can be programmed as Feature Access
keys and 48 keys can be programmed as Direct Station Selection or
outside line keys.
4
DCU-60-1
CONSOLE
This Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys (each with
two LEDs). Twelve keys can be programmed as Feature Access
keys and 48 keys can be programmed as Direct Station Selection or
outside line keys.
4
DP-D-1A
This Doorphone may be used when DPH(4)-U( ) ETU is installed.
4
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash
key, Redial key, 3-level receive volume control, 2-level ring volume
control, data jack, and message waiting lamp.
24
DTP-1-1 TEL
DTP-1-2 TEL
DTR-1-1 TEL
Each terminal requires a SLI(4)-U( ) ETU or a SLI(8)-U( ) ETU or
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP.
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash
key, Redial key, 6-level receive volume control, 4-level ring volume
control, 3-tone ring pitch, data jack, and message waiting lamp.
24
Each terminal requires a SLI(4)-U( ) ETU or a SLI(8)-U( ) ETU or
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Equipment Name
DTP-1HM-1 TEL
DTP-1HM-2 TEL
Description
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash
key, Redial key, 3-level receive volume control, 2-level ring volume
control, data jack, message waiting lamp, and eight programmable
Feature/Speed Dial keys.
KSU Maximum
Quantities
24
Each terminal requires an SLI(4)-U( ) ETU, SLI(8)-U( ) ETU or
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP.
DTR-1HM-1 TEL
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash
key, Speaker key, Hold key, Redial key, 6-level receive and speaker
volume control, 4-level ring volume control, 3-tone ring pitch, data
jack, message waiting lamp, and eight programmable Feature/
Speed Dial keys.
24
Each terminal requires an SLI(4)-U( ) ETU, SLI(8)-U( ) ETU or
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP.
DTP-2DT-1 TEL
This terminal is a fully modular terminal with two Flexible Line keys
(each with 2-color LED), eight function keys, built-in speakerphone,
and a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages.
31
Each terminal requires an ESI(8)-U( ) ETU station port.
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
This terminal does not support any adapters.
This terminal is a fully modular terminal with two Flexible Line keys
(each with 2-color LED), nine function keys, built-in speakerphone,
a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages, and an
Analog SLT Port (outgoing only).
31
Each terminal requires an ESI(8)-U( ) ETU station port.
DTU-4R-1 TEL
This terminal does not support any adapters.
This Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal can be connected to the Electra
Elite System using a tandem connection to a Multiline Terminal.
The terminal has a 16-digit, 2-line LCD, dial pad, talk key, chan key,
hold key, transfer key, conf key, mute key, vol key, a msg icon,
vibrator, and four function keys with red LEDs.
30
The cordless terminal can be switched to the Multiline Terminal
connected to it by pressing the Desk key on the base unit of the idle
Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal.
DTP/DTU-8-1 TEL
DTH-8-1 TEL
DTR-8-1 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), built-in speakerphone, a Large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C)-U,
CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), nine function keys, built-in
speakerphone, a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, headset jack, and compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R,
AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
31
31
A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling, and a Message button
allows direct access to voice mail.
1 - 14
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
DTP-8D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
Description
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), built-in speakerphone, a Large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C)-U,
CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
KSU Maximum
Quantities
32
This terminal is also equipped with a 24-character, 3-line, adjustable
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
DTH-8D-1 TEL
DTR-8D-1 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), nine function keys, built-in
speakerphone, a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, headset jack, and compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R,
AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
32
A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling, and a Message button
allows direct access to voice mail.
This terminal is also equipped with a 24-character, 3-line, adjustable
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
This Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal is a stand-alone telephone
with direct connection to a single port on the ESI(8)-U( ) ETU.
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
An ACA-U Unit adapter is required for this terminal.
24
Each terminal requires an ESI(8)-U( ) ETU port.
DTP/DTU-16-1 TEL
DTP-16D-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each
with a 2-color LED), a built-in speakerphone, a Large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C)-U,
CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each
with a 2-color LED), a built-in speakerphone, a Large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C)-U,
CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
31
32
This terminal also has a 24-character, 3-line, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
DTH-16D-1 TEL
DTR-16D-1 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminals have 16 programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), nine function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, headset jack, and compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R,
AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
32
A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling, and a Message button
allows direct access to voice mail.
This terminal also has a 24-character, 3-line, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 15
Issue 6
Equipment Name
DTP/DTU-32-1 TEL
DTP-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
Electra Elite
Description
KSU Maximum
Quantities
This digital Multiline Terminal has 32 programmable line keys (each
with a 2-color LED), a built-in speakerphone, a Large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C)-U,
CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
31
This digital Multiline Terminal is equipped with 32 programmable
line keys (each with a 2-color LED), a built-in speakerphone, a
Large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages, headset jack,
and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C)-U,
CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
32
This terminal has a 24-character, 3-line, adjustable Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
DTH-32D-1 TEL
DTR-32D-1 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal is equipped with 32 programmable
line keys (each with a 2-color LED), nine function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, headset jack, and compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R,
AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
32
A Directory button allows Caller ID scrolling, and a Message button
allows direct access to voice mail.
This terminal has a 24-character, 3-line, adjustable Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
Dterm PS II
DTR-1R-1 TEL
The Personal Station wireless terminal provides the features and
benefits of a desktop telephone without the inconvenience of having
to remain close to the desktop.
The Dterm Analog Cordless terminal uses 2.4 GHz Digital Spread
Spectrum (DSS) Technology and is connected to an analog port
using SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) or OPX(2)-U( ) ETU, an SLT(1)-U( ) ADP, or an
APR-U Unit connected to the Multiline Terminal.
24
20
This terminal does not have an LCD display.
The Dterm Cordless II terminal uses 900 MHz Digital Spread
Spectrum (DSS) Technology and is connected in tandem to a
Multiline Terminal.
DTR-4R-1 TEL
This terminal can be switched between cordless and the Multiline
Terminal connected to it using a key on the base unit.
10
This terminal has a 16-digit by 2-line LCD Display.
ETW-4R-1 TEL
This Dterm Cordless Terminal can be connected to the Electra Elite
System using a tandem connection to a Multiline Terminal. The
terminal has a cordless handset, a 10-digit, 2-line LCD, dial pad,
TALK key, HOLD key, TRF key, CNF key, SPD key, a MSG LED,
optional vibrator, and four function keys with red LEDs.
9
This Dterm Cordless Terminal can be switched to the Multiline
Terminal connected to it by pressing the DESK key on the base unit
of the idle Dterm Cordless Terminal.
1 - 16
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Description
KSU Maximum
Quantities
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand, eight
Flexible Line keys (each with 2-color LED), eight function keys,
built-in speakerphone, ADA compatibility, and a large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages.
31
Equipment Name
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand, 16 Flexible
Line keys (each with 2-color LED), eight function keys, built-in
speakerphone, ADA compatibility, and a large LED to indicate
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL incoming calls and messages.
32
This terminal has a 16-character by 2-line Liquid Crystal Display
(LCD).
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand, 16 Flexible
Line keys (each with 2-color LED), eight function keys, 20
programmable One-Touch keys with red LEDs, built-in
speakerphone, ADA compatibility, and a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages.
32
This terminal has a 16-character by 2-line Liquid Crystal Display
(LCD).
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt stand, 24 Flexible
Line keys (each with 2-color LED), eight function keys, 12
programmable One-Touch keys, dual-path ability, built-in
speakerphone, ADA compatibility, and a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages.
32
This terminal has a 16-character by 2-line Liquid Crystal Display
(LCD).
EDW-48-1/2 DSS/
BLF
This console has a tilt stand, 48 programmable keys with dual LEDs
(green and red) and 12 function keys with red LED. All 48 keys can
be assigned as DSS keys, outside line keys, or function keys.
4
Adapters and Optional Units
AC-R Unit
The AC Adapter unit connects to the AP(R)-R Unit or to the CT(A)-R One per Multiline Terminal
as required
Unit when cable distance exceeds 200 feet.
ACA-U Unit
The AC Adapter unit connects to one of the following: APR-U Unit,
One per Multiline Terminal
CTA-U Unit, CTU(C)-U Unit, CTU(S)-U Unit, HFU-U Unit, VDD-U
as required
Unit, or DTP-16HC-1 TEL.
ADA-U Unit
AD(A)-R Unit
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Digital Multiline Terminal
with connection for a tape recorder.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 TEL and all Cordless terminals.
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Digital Multiline Terminal
with connection for a tape recorder.
This adapter can be installed on any DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal
except DTR-2DT-1 TEL.
System Hardware Manual
32
32
1 - 17
Issue 6
Equipment Name
ADA(1)-W Unit
ADA(2)-W Unit
AP(A)-R Unit
Electra Elite
Description
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra Professional
Multiline Terminal with connection for headset, or audio recorder.
This adapter can be installed on any Electra Professional Multiline
Terminal.
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra Professional
Multiline Terminal with connection for Cordless Telephone.
This adapter can be installed on any Electra Professional Multiline
Terminal.
This Analog Port adapter without ringer is the interface used to
install a Single Line Telephone, Modem, Credit Card Reader,
Wireless Headset, NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing
unit, or other compatible Analog device.
KSU Maximum
Quantities
32
32
32
This adapter can be installed on any DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal
except DTR-2DT-1 TEL.
APA-U Unit
This Analog Port adapter without ringer is the interface used to
install a Single Line Telephone, Modem, Credit Card Reader,
Wireless Headset, NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing
unit, or other compatible Analog device.
32
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 TEL, DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
AP(R)-R Unit
When this Analog Port Ringer adapter is used, an additional Single
Line Telephone or a modem can be connected to a Multiline
Terminal.
32
This adapter can be installed on any DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal
except DTR-2DT-1 TEL.
APR-U Unit
When this Analog Port Ringer adapter is used, an additional Single
Line Telephone or a modem can be connected to an Electra Elite
Multiline Terminal.
32
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 TEL, DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
CT(A)-R Unit
TAPI (Microsoft Telephony Application Programming Interface)
adapter allows a Multiline Terminal to be connected to a PC. The
terminal must be within 5 feet (1.5m) of the PC. When the length of
24AWG twisted 1-pair cable exceeds 200 feet, an AC(A)-R adapter
is necessary.
32
This adapter can be installed on any DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal
except DTR-2DT-1 TEL.
CTA-U Unit
TAPI (Microsoft Telephony Application Programming Interface)
adapter allows an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to be connected to
a PC.
32
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 TEL, DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
1 - 18
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
CTU(C)-U Unit
CTU(S)-U Unit
Description
This unit is a CTA adapter for Universal Serial Bus with a Coreline,
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU, connection.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 TEL, DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
This unit is a CTA adapter for Universal Serial Bus with ESI(8)-U( )
ETU connection.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 TEL, DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
KSU Maximum
Quantities
32
32
DBM(B)-U( ) Box
This Message Display Board is connected to the ESI(8)-U( ) ETU to
provide a message waiting light for voice mail boxes. Each
Message Display Board supports eight message waiting lights.
8
DBM(E)-U( ) Box
Expansion for Message Display Board. Up to five DBM(E)-U( )s
can be connected to one DBM(B)-U( ).
40
HFU-U(BK)/(WH)
Unit
PCT(C)-U( ) Unit
This optional Handsfree Unit provides full-duplex handsfree
communication. This unit comes with the handsfree adapter and an
external microphone.
32
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 TEL, DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
NEC PC Telephony Board (TAPI) with a Coreline interface. The
VDD-U Unit is built into the PCT(C)-U( ) so that this unit can connect
directly to the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU.
32
This board can be installed on the ISA bus on any IBM-compatible
PC.
NEC PC Telephony Board (TAPI) without a modem.
PCT(S)-U( ) Unit
RAK-U10 Unit
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
This unit can be installed on the ISA bus on any IBM-compatible
PC, and it can be connected directly to the ESI port.
This 19” unit is used to simplify installation by rack mounting the
Electra Elite 48 system.
This Adapter provides an interface for Single Line Telephones and
other similar devices from an ESI ETU port.
32
1
8
This adapter can be connected to any ESI port.
VDD-U Unit
The Voice/Data Interface Adapter provides LAN split for digital
terminals when the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU is used. This unit is used to
incorporate LAN and telephone lines into one cable.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
connected to a VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU except DTP-2DT-1 TEL,
DTP-16HC-1 TEL, or Cordless terminals.
System Hardware Manual
24
1 - 19
Issue 6
Equipment Name
WM-R Unit
Electra Elite
Description
This Wall Mount Unit is used to mount any DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal except DTR-2DT-1 TEL to the wall and connects to the
back of the Multiline Terminal.
KSU Maximum
Quantities
32
This unit is required when an AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R, AP(R)-R or
CT(A)-R Unit is installed.
WMU-U Unit
This Unit is used to mount any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to the
wall, and connects to the back of the Multiline Terminal.
This unit is required when an APA-U Unit, APR-U Unit, CTA-U Unit,
CTU(C)/(S)-U10 Unit, HFU-U Unit, or a VDD-U Unit is installed.
32
WMU-W Unit
This universal Wall Mount Unit is used to mount any Electra
Professional Multiline Terminal or DTP-2DT-1 TEL to the wall.
32
ZT II
The Zone Transceiver maintains radio communication with the PS II
terminals.
6
Software
SAT S/W (END
USER) S8000
System Administration Terminal Software for End User
SAT S/W (TECH)
S8000
System Administration Terminal Software for Technician
SAT LCR
System Administration Terminal Software for Least Cost Routing
Version 2.00
Wireless Service
Console (WSC)
Wireless Service Console (WSC) Administration Terminal Software
IP Configurator
VoIP Administration Terminal (VAT) Software
1 - 20
1
1
1
1
1
Introduction
Chapter 2
System Specifications
2nd Tab
System Specifications
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
SYSTEM BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Chapter 2
This chapter provides technicians with detailed specifications for the
Electra Elite 48 system. The technician should review this information
carefully before installing the system.
Figure 2-1 System Block Diagram shows the ETUs that can be installed in
the KSU and the number of channels supported when the ETU is installed.
Table 2-1 List of Abbreviations lists abbreviations used in the diagram.
Table 2-1 List of Abbreviations
Abbreviation
System Hardware Manual
Description
ACD
Automatic Call Distribution
AMP
Amplifier
APR
Analog Port Ringer
BRT
Basic Rate Trunk Interface
BSU
Base Station Unit
CCH
Common Channel Handler (K-CCIS)
CNF
Multiline Conference Bridge
COI
Central Office Interface
COIB
Central Office Interface (COI/COID mode)
COID
Central Office Caller ID
COM
Communication
CPU
Central Processor Unit
CTA
Computer Telephony Adapter
CTI/VP, FMS,
VMS,CMS
Voice Mail
DID
Direct Inward Dialing
DPH
Doorphone
2-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 2-1 List of Abbreviations (Continued)
Abbreviation
2-2
Description
DTI
Digital Trunk Interface
ECR
External Control Relay
ESI
Electronic Station Interface
HDLC
High Level Data Link Control
HFU
Handsfree Unit
IPT
Internet Protocol Trunk for VoIP
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
K-CCIS
Key-Common Channel Interoffice Signaling
LAN
Local Area Network
MIC
Microphone
MIF
Multipurpose Interface
MOH
Music On Hold
OPX
Off-Premise Extension
PBR
Push Button Receiver
PC
Personal Computer
PCM
Pulse Code Modulation
PCT (C)
PC Telephony Board (Coreline Interface)
PCT (S)
PC Telephony Board (without Modem)
PRT
Primary Rate Trunk
PS II
Personal Station Wireless Terminal
SLI
Single Line interface
SLT
Single Line Telephone
SPK
Speaker
TLI
Tie Line Interface
VDD
Voice Data Digital Adapter
VDH
Voice Data Hub
VM
Voice Mail
VoIP
Voice over Internet Protocol
VRS
Voice Recording Service
ZT II
Zone Transceiver (ZT II-U Unit)
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Package Control Path
(HDLC)
Analog
VM
Voice Path
(PCM Highway)
SLI(4)/(8)
SLT
AMP/SPK
Audio
Relay
OPX(2)
ECR
DPH
Tape
Recorder
DPH(4)
AD(A)
DTH/DTR
AP(A)
Terminals
AP(R)
Modem
Modem
COI(4)/(8)
CO Line
COIB(4)/(8)
COI/COID Line
COID(4)/(8)
CO Line with
Caller ID
BSU(2)
ZT II for Wireless
BRT(4)
ISDN Basic
CCH(4)
K-CCIS
PRT(1)-U( )
ISDN Primary (S3000)
DID(4)
DID
TLI(2)
E&M Tie Lines (4-wire)
DTI-U( )
T1 Line
MIFM
COM Port
CT(A)
PC
RS-232C
PC
CTA
CTU(S)
Electra
Elite
APA Terminals
APR
Modem
Electra
Professional
Terminals
HFU
MIFA UCD Only
ESI(8)
MIC
SLT
Electra
Mail
SLT ADP
PC
Electra
Elite
CTI/VP 4,8,12,16
FMS/CMS 2, 4, 8
VMS 2, 4, 8
Voice Mail
Elite ACD Plus Server
PBR( )
PCT(S)
PCT(C)
Conference Bridge
ACD(8)
PC
CTU(C)
CNF(8)
VRS(4)
Coreline
VDD
VDH2(8)
10Base-T
IPT(4)/(8)
MBD-U10 (CPU)
MOH
PC
VoIP
CLKG-U( )
LAN
10Base-T/2
Figure 2-1 System Block Diagram
System Hardware Manual
2-3
Issue 6
SECTION 3
MAXIMUM SYSTEM
CAPACITIES
Electra Elite
System capacities are shown in Table 2-2 Maximum System Capacities.
Table 2-2 Maximum System Capacities
Item
Item
B48-U10 KSU
24
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU
1
Dterm PS II
ADA-U Unit
32
DTI-U( ) ETU
1 (S7000)
4 (S8000)
AD(A)-R Unit
32
ECR-U( ) ETU
1
APA-U/APR-U Unit
AP(A)-R/AP(R)-R Unit
32
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
3
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
2
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( )
ETU
1
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
3
HFU-U Unit
32
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
1
IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
CLKG-U( ) Unit
1
MIFA-U( ) Unit
None
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
2
MIFM-U( ) Unit
1
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
3
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
2-4
B48-U10 KSU
4/2
Variable
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
4 for COI Mode
2 for COID (S7)
4 for COID (S8)
PBR( )-U( ) ETU
1
COIB(8)-U( )
2 for COI Mode
2 for COID Mode
PCT(C) -U( ) Unit
32
COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
2 (S7000)
4/2 (S8000)
PCT(S) -U( ) Unit
32
CT(A)-R/CTA-U Unit
32
PRT(1)-U( ) Unit
1 (S7000)
4 (S8000)
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)U( ) ETU
1
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
4
CTU(C)/(S)-U Unit
32
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
3
DBM(B) -U( ) Box
8
TLI(2)-U( )
4
DBM(E)-U( ) Box
40
VDD-U Unit
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
4
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
24
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
1
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( )
ETU
1
Dterm Analog Cordless
20
VMS/FMS/CMS-U30
1
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 2-2 Maximum System Capacities (Continued)
Item
Item
B48-U10 KSU
Dterm Cordless II
10
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
2
Dterm Handset Cordless
24
ZT II
2
SECTION 4
SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
B48-U10 KSU
Only one VMS, one FMS, one CMS or one CTI/VP can be installed in the system.
4.1
Cabling Requirements and Specifications
The KSU is connected with each of the Multiline Terminals and
Single Line Telephones by a separate twisted 1-pair cable or 2-pair
cable (only for Multiline Terminals). Refer to Table 2-3 Multiline
Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length, Table 2-4 Cable
Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line
Equipment, Table 2-5 Cable Connection Between ESI/VDH and
PCT Board, Table 2-6 Cabling Requirements, and Table 2-7 Zone
Transceiver II Range.
Table 2-3 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length
Terminal or Adapter
System Hardware Manual
Maximum
Loop
Resistance
(Ohms)
Maximum Feet
by Twisted
1-Pair Cable
Maximum Feet
by Twisted
2-Pair Cable
24 AWG
24 AWG
DBM(B)-U10 Box
N/A
900
900
DCR-60-1 CONSOLE
N/A
1000
1000
DCU-60-1 CONSOLE
N/A
1000
1000
DTP-2DT-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
36 (264)
630 (4504)
1000 (9004)
DTU 4R-1 TEL
N/A
650
1000
DTP-8-1 TEL
DTU-8-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTH-8-1 TEL
DTR-8-1 TEL
36
630
1000
DTP-8D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
35
600
1000
DTH-8D-1 TEL
DTR-8D-1 TEL
36
630
1000
2-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Terminal or Adapter
2-6
Maximum
Loop
Resistance
(Ohms)
Maximum Feet
by Twisted
1-Pair Cable
Maximum Feet
by Twisted
2-Pair Cable
24 AWG
24 AWG
DTP-16-1 TEL
DTU-16-1 TEL
26
450
900
DTP-16D-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
26
450
900
DTH-16D-1 TEL
DTR-16D-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
57
DTP-32-1 TEL
DTU-32-1 TEL
21
360
720
DTP-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
21
360
720
DTH-32D-1 TEL
DTR-32D-1 TEL
26
450
900
DTR-1R-1 TEL
35
600
1000
DTR-4R-1 TEL
N/A
650
1000
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
35
600
1000
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
26
450
900
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
21
360
720
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
26
450
900
ETW-4R-1 TEL
N/A
650
650
EDW-48-1/2 DSS/BLF with
AC Adapter
N/A
1000
1000
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
35
600
1000
1083
An SLT AC Adapter is required with installation of the following devices:
DTP-16HC-1 Telephone, Electra Elite DCU-60 Console, or Electra Professional
ETW-48 Console.
The length for the specified SLT Adapter is the length between the SLT Adapter
and the ESI.
The values (number of ohms and feet of cable) specified with the 4
include the DTR-2DT-1 TEL plus the Single Line Telephone.
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Twisted 2-Pair Cable
ESI
RJ11
Multiline Terminal
Figure 2-2
Connecting the ESI to the Multiline Terminal Using
Twisted 2-Pair Cable
Table 2-4 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line
Equipment
Connected Equipment
Cable
Maximum Loop Resistance
(24 AWG) from Connected
Equipment to Telephone
AD(A)-R Unit
Twisted Pair
10 feet
ADA(2)-W Unit
Twisted Pair
10 feet
AP(R)-R or AP(A)-R Unit
Twisted Pair
50 feet
APR-U or APA-U Unit
Twisted Pair
50 feet
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
Twisted Pair
1600 ohms
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Twisted Pair
300 ohms
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
Twisted Pair
50 feet
Do not mix digital and analog ports through the same 25-pair cable run.
Table 2-5 Cable Connection Between ESI/VDH and PCT Board
Connected
Equipment
Cable
PCT(C)-U( ) Unit
10 Base-T
PCT(S)-U( ) Unit
System Hardware Manual
Twisted 1-Pair
Maximum Loop
Resistance
(Ohms)
Attached
Telephone
35
Connected
31
Not Connected
35
Connected
31
Not Connected
2-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 2-6 Cabling Requirements
Connected Equipment
Cable
External Amplifier
Hi-Fi Shielded Audio Cable
Music on Hold and Background
Music Sources
Hi-Fi Shielded Audio Cable
Table 2-7 Zone Transceiver II Range
Connected Equipment
Range
ZT II-U Unit without ACA-U Unit
3000 feet
ZT II-U Unit with ACA-U Unit
16,404 feet
4.2
Cabling Precautions
4.2.1
Cable Placement
When selecting cables and Main Distribution Frame
(MDF), future expansion or assignment changes should
be considered. Do not run cables in the following places:
4.2.2
A place exposed to wind or rain.
A place near heat radiating equipment or where the
quality of station cable covering could be affected
by gases and chemicals.
An unstable place subject to vibration.
Environmental Conditions
Temperature
Operating:
Long Term: +50°F ~ +90°F (10°C ~ 32.2°C)
+32°F ~ +104°F (0°C ~ 40°C)
Humidity
2-8
Operating:
10% ~ 90% noncondensing
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.3
Power Requirements
4.3.1
Power Supply Inputs
The AC input requirements for the Electra Elite 48 system
are listed below.
AC Input (P64-U10 PSU)
4.3.2
117 Vac ± 10%
60 Hz ± 10%
Single Phase
2.5A circuit
A dedicated outlet, separately fused and grounded
Power Supply Consumption
The power consumption for the Electra Elite 48 system is
listed in Table 2-8 Power Consumption.
Table 2-8 Power Consumption
KSU
B48-U10 KSU
4.3.3
Maximum
RMS
Current
2.5 A
Watts Used
(Idle)
90
Watts Used
(Maximum)
230
Fuse Replacement
When replacing fuses, refer to the specifications in Table
2-9 Fuse Replacement.
Table 2-9 Fuse Replacement
Unit
Specifications
Description
Dimensions
P64-U10
PSU
F1
125V, 6.0A
AC Input
1/4” x 1-1/4”
P64-U10
PSU
F101
250v, 10A
Battery Input
1/4” x 1-1/4
System Hardware Manual
Fuse
Number
All fuses are normal blown glass tube.
2-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Do not use slow blow fuses. Replace with a fuse
of the same type and rating.
4.4
Outside Line Types
The following outside lines can be used with the Electra Elite 48
system.
2-wire, Loop Start or Ground Start Trunks
2-wire, 2-way DID Lines (Dial Pulse or DTMF)
4-wire, E&M Tie Lines (Type I or V, Dial Pulse, or DTMF)
Digital Trunk FT1 (Loop Start, Ground Start, Tie Line E&M, or
DID Signaling)
ISDN-BRI Trunks
ISDN-PRI Trunks
VoIP Trunks (Internet Protocol)
Refer to Table 1 FIC, REN, SOC, and Jack Types for Electra Elite
System ETU in the Regulatory Information section in this manual
for a detailed list of Facility Interface Codes, Ringer Equivalence
Numbers, Service Order Codes and Jack Types.
4.5
Transmission, Network, and Control Specifications
4.5.1
Transmission
Data Length
From Multiline Terminal to ESI(8)-U( ) ETU: 23 bits
From ESI(8)-U( ) ETU to Multiline Terminal: 23 bits
Data Transmission Rates:
Between ESI(8)-U( ) ETU and Multiline Terminal:
184K bps (voice and signaling)
2 - 10
Scanning Time for each Multiline Terminal: 32 ms.
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.5.2
Network
Time Division Multiplexing allows transmission of
separate data, voice and/or video simultaneously over
one communications medium. The Electra Elite 48
system specifications used for switching, clock, data bus,
and timeframe are shown below.
4.5.3
TDM Switching:
PCM (µ Law)
TDM Clock:
2.048 MHz
TDM Data Bus:
8 bit
TDM Timeframe: 125 µs.
Control
This section lists the speed or capacity.
Control:
processing
4.5.4
Stored program with distributed
Central Processor: 32-bit microprocessor
Clock:
16.384 MHz
Interface ETU:
8-bit or 16-bit microprocessor
Optional ETUs:
16-bit or 32-bit microprocessor
Multiline Terminal:
8-bit microprocessor
Attendant Console: 4-bit microprocessor
SLT Adapter:
4-bit microprocessor
Electra Elite Terminals and Equipment
The voltage, current, ring signal information for the Elite
Multiline Terminals, Single Line Telephone equipment,
and APA-U/APR-U Unit are listed below.
Multiline Terminal
Voltage:
-11 ~ -26 Vdc
Maximum Current:
250 mA
System Hardware Manual
Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry
Association (EIA) standard proposal SP-1286 and
standard EIA RS-470.
Single Line Telephone
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
35 mA
2 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Ring Signal:
4.5.5
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
APA-U Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
APR-U Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
Electra Elite IPK and Series i Terminals and Equipment
The voltage, current, ring signal information for the Electra
Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Multiline Terminals, Single
Line Telephone equipment, and AP(A)-R/AP(R)-R unit are
listed below.
Multiline Terminal (Series i)
Voltage:
-11 ~ -48 Vdc
Maximum Current:
250 mA
2 - 12
Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry
Association (EIA) standard proposal SP-1286 and
standard EIA RS-470.
Single Line Telephone
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
35 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.6
AP(A)-R Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
AP(R)-R Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
Dialing Specifications
4.6.1
Dial Pulse Address Signaling
Dial Pulse Address Signaling uses dial pulses to signal
the equipment. In the Electra Elite 48 system, the
following Dial Pulse specifications are used.
4.6.2
Pulse Rate:
10 ± 0.5 pps/20 ± 1.0 pps
Percent Break:
60 ± 1.5%
Interdigit Interval:
10 pps/20 pps 770 ~ 830 ms.
Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF) Address Signaling
DTMF signaling describes push button or Touchtone
dialing. When a key on a telephone is pushed, two tones
(one high frequency and one low frequency) are
provided. In the Electra Elite 48 system, the following
DTMF specifications are used.
Frequencies
Two sinusoidal frequencies are provided, one from
the high frequency group and one from the low
frequency group.
Frequency Deviation: Less than ±1.0%
Signal Level:
Nominal level per frequency: -6 ~ -4 dBm
Minimum level per frequency:
Low Group:
-10 dBm
High Group:
-8 dBm
Maximum level per frequency: 0 dBm
System Hardware Manual
Rise Time: Within 5 ms.
2 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Duration of Dual Frequency Signal:
110 ms. default/60 ms. minimum
Interdigital Time: 80 ms. default/70 ms. minimum
Nominal High Group
Frequencies (Hz)
Nominal Low Group
Frequencies (Hz)
4.7
1209
1336
1477
697
1
2
3
770
4
5
6
852
7
8
9
941
Q
0
#
Battery Backup
The Electra Elite 48 system has two battery backup functions: one
for system backup and one for memory backup.
4.7.1
System Backup
During power failure, the system is backed up using a
rechargeable battery. This battery backup supports all of
the system operations for approximately 30 minutes.
4.7.2
Memory Backup
The MBD-U10 Unit has a battery installed to provide
backup of system memory. When the battery is fully
charged, system memory (customer data) is retained for
approximately 21 days.
4.8
Weights and Dimensions
Table 2-10 Weights and Dimensions indicates the shipping weight,
height, width, and depth of the Electra Elite 48 KSU and each ETU,
Multiline Terminal, and adapter.
2 - 14
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 2-10 Weights and Dimensions
Shipping
Weight*
Height
Width
Depth
AC-R Unit
5.6 oz
(158 g)
3.61”
(92 mm)
6.87”
(175mm)
4.2”
(107 mm)
ACA-U Unit
22.5 oz
(638 g)
3.4”
(86 mm)
4.2”
(107 mm)
5.2”
(133 mm)
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU
6.4 lbs**
(2903 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
AD(A)-R Unit
4.0 oz
(113 g)
2.25”
(56.25 mm)
2.75”
(68.75mm)
5.5”
(137.5 mm)
ADA-U Unit
2.3 oz
(65 g)
1.1”
(29 mm)
2.3”
(59 mm)
3.9”
(99 mm)
AP(A)-R Unit or AP(R)-R Unit
5.6 oz
(158 g)
2.25”
(56.25 mm)
2.75”
(68.75mm)
5.5”
(137.5 mm)
APA-U Unit or APR-U Unit
4.3 oz
(122 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
2.3”
(59 mm)
4.8”
(121 mm)
396 oz
(11230 g)
12”
(305 mm)
18”
(457 mm)
18”
(457 mm)
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
14.6 oz
(414 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
13.2 oz
(374 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
12.0 oz
(340 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
12.0 oz
(340g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
13.6 oz
(385 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
COI(8)-U( ) ETU
16.6 oz
(471 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
14.4 oz
(408 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
COID(4)-U( ) ETU
14.4 oz
(408 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
COID(8)-U( ) ETU
17.3 oz
(490 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
CT(A)-R Unit
4.0 oz
(113 g)
2.25”
(56.25 mm)
2.75”
(68.75mm)
5.5”
(137.5 mm)
CTA-U Unit
5.6 oz
(158 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
2.3”
(59 mm)
4.8”
(121 mm)
12 lbs**
(5.44 Kg)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
Unit
B48-U10 KSU
COIB(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( )
ETU
System Hardware Manual
2 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Shipping
Weight*
Height
Width
Depth
CTU(C)-U Unit
9.5 oz
(270 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
4.3”
(110 mm)
4.4”
(112 mm)
CTU(S)-U Unit
9.5 oz
(270 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
4.3”
(110 mm)
4.4”
(112 mm)
DBM(B)-U( ) Box
74.4 oz
(2109 g)
2.75”
(70 mm)
13.5”
(343 mm)
9.75”
(248 mm )
DBM(E)-U( )Box
74.4 oz
(2109 g)
2.75”
(70 mm)
13.5”
(343 mm)
9.75”
(248 mm )
DCR-60-1 Console
53 oz
(1503 g)
4.2”
(107mm)
12.8”
(326 mm)
7.14”
(182mm)
DCU-60-1 Console
53 oz
(1503 g)
3.6”
(92 mm)
8.8”
(223 mm)
10.6”
(270 mm)
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
15.5 oz
(439 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
DP-D-1A Doorphone
8.4 oz
(238 g)
1.5”
(38 mm)
5.5”
(140 mm)
4.75”
(121 mm)
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
12.1 oz
(343 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
DTI-U( ) ETU
13.2 oz
(374 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
DTP-1-1 TEL
DTP-1-2 TEL
DTP-1HM-1 TEL
DTP-1HM-2 TEL
26.8 oz
(760 g)
2.36”
(60 mm )
6.22”
(158 mm)
8.81”
(224 mm)
DTR-1-1) TEL
26.8 oz
(760 g)
2.47”
(100mm )
7.65”
(195 mm)
9.53”
(243 mm)
DTP-2DT-1 TEL
41 oz
(1163 g)
4.8”
(123mm )
7.8”
(197 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
41 oz
(1163 g)
2.47”
(100mm )
7.65”
(195 mm)
9.53”
(243 mm)
DTU-4R-1 TEL
15.4 oz
(437 g)
2.25”
(57 mm)
4.25”
(108 mm)
7.5”
(191 mm)
DTP-8-1 TEL
DTU-8-1 TEL
41.0 oz
(1163 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
7.8”
(197 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTH-8-1 TEL
DTR-8-1 TEL
41.0 oz
(1163 g)
4.78”
(122 mm)
10.2”
(260 mm)
9.8”
(250 mm)
DTP-8D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
43.5 oz
(1233 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
7.8”
(197 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTH-8D-1 TEL
DTR-8D-1 TEL
43.5 oz
(1233 g)
4.78”
(122 mm)
10.2”
(260 mm)
9.8”
(250 mm)
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
53 oz
(1503 g)
6.00”
(152 mm)
9.08”
(230 mm)
8.04”
(204 mm)
Unit
2 - 16
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Shipping
Weight*
Height
Width
Depth
DTP-16-1 TEL
DTU-16-1 TEL
41 oz
(1162 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
7.8”
(197 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTP-16D-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
43.5 oz
(1233 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
7.8”
(197 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTH-16D-1 TEL
DTR-16D-1 TEL
43.5 oz
(1233 g)
4.78”
(122 mm)
10.2”
(260 mm)
9.8”
(250 mm)
DTP-32-1 TEL
DTU-32-1 TEL
46 oz
(1304 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
8.7”
(220 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTP-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
48 oz
(1361 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
8.7”
(220 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTH-32D-1 TEL
DTR-32D-1 TEL
48 oz
(1361 g)
4.78”
(122 mm)
10.2”
(260 mm)
9.8”
(250 mm)
DTR-1R-1 TEL
14.4 oz
(408g)
4.5”
(114 mm)
6.1
(153 mm)
8.62
(218 mm)
DTR-4R-1 TEL
15.4 oz
(437 g)
2.25”
(57 mm)
4.25”
(108 mm)
7.5”
(191 mm)
ECR-U( ) ETU
21.2 oz
( 344 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
EDW-48-1/2 TEL
49 oz
(1389 g)
2.72”
(69 mm)
6.89”
(175 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
14.5 oz
(411 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
ETW-4R-1 TEL
26oz
(737 g)
3.42”
(87 mm)
5.51”
(140 mm)
7.48”
(190 mm)
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
32 oz
(907 g)
3.98”
(101mm)
6.89”
(175 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
35 oz
(992 g)
3.98”
(101mm)
6.89”
(175 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
39 oz
(1106 g)
3.98”
(101mm)
8.07”
(205 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
39 oz
(1106 g)
3.98”
(101mm)
8.07”
(205 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
6.4 lbs**
(2903 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
HFU-U Unit
7.1 oz
(201 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
4.2”
(107 mm)
5.2”
(133 mm)
IPT(4)-U( ) ETU
32 oz
907g
5.0”
(127 mm)
10”
(254 mm)
10”
(254 mm)
IPT(8)-U( ) ETU
32 oz
907g
5.0”
(127 mm)
10”
(254 mm)
10”
(254 mm)
Unit
System Hardware Manual
2 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Shipping
Weight*
Height
Width
Depth
MIFA-U( ) ETU
12.1 oz
(343 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
MIFM-U( ) ETU
12.3 oz
(349 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
13.4 oz
(380 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
PBR( )-U( ) ETU
10.7 oz
(303 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
13.2 oz
(374 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
RAK-U10 Unit
20 lbs
(9072 g)
20”
(507 mm)
15”
(380 mm)
8.5”
(216 mm)
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
13.0 oz
(370 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
14.1 oz
(400 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
9 oz.
(255 g)
1.8”
(45 mm)
2.8”
(70 mm)
4.8”
(120 mm)
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
13.8 oz
(391 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
VDD-U Unit
12.4 oz
(352 g)
2.5”
(63 mm)
8.8”
(224mm)
10.8”
(275 mm)
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
18.4 oz
(522 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
VMS(2/4/8)-U( ) ETU
6.4 lbs**
(2903 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
VMS/FMS/CMS-U30
6.4 lbs**
(2903 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
12.0 oz
(340 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.47”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
WM-R Unit
10.6 oz
(301 g)
4.1”
(104 mm)
5.9”
(151 mm)
7.1”
(180 mm)
WMU-U Unit
10.6 oz
(301 g)
4.1”
(104 mm)
5.9”
(151 mm)
7.1”
(180 mm)
WMU-W Unit
20.0 oz
(567 g)
5.75”
(147 mm)
5.75”
(147 mm)
2.5”
(63 mm)
Unit
* Shipping weight includes the shipping carton.
** Shipping weight includes the shipping carton and documentation.
2 - 18
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.9
External Equipment Interface
Input signal levels, impedance, contact ratings, and connector
types are listed for externally connected equipment.
4.9.1
4.9.2
4.9.3
4.9.4
Music on Hold/Station Background Music
Auxiliary Input:
0.6V PPS Signal Level
Input Impedance:
600 Ω
External Paging (Audio)
Output Power:
-10 dBm Signal Level
Output Impedance:
600 Ω
Relay Contact Rating: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
External Tone Ringer/Night Chime Output
Output Power:
-10 dBm
Output Impedance:
600 Ω
Relay Contact Rating: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
SMDR Output
4.9.5
PC Connection
4.9.6
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard RS-232C (straight)
Relay Contact
System Hardware Manual
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard RS-232C (straight)
All Relay Contact Ratings: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
2 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.10
Audible and Visual Indications
The tables in this section provide the audible and visual indications
used in the Electra Elite 48 systems.
4.10.1
Tone Patterns
Tones are used in the Electra Elite 48 systems to inform
the station user of various functions of the systems such
as, dial tone, busy tone, or ringback tone. Table 2-11 Tone
Patterns lists the frequency and the pattern for the tones
used in the Electra Elite 48 system.
4.10.2
LED Flash Patterns
The Electra Elite 48 system provides 2-color LEDs.
Green is used primarily for I-Use conditions and for
outside calls. Red is used primarily for Other Use
conditions and internal calls. Refer to Table 2-12 Multiline
Terminal LED Flash Pattern.
2 - 20
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 2-11 Tone Patterns
System Tone
(Fixed)
Frequency
(Hz)
(Fixed)
Intermit
(Default)
480/620
60 IPM
Cycle
0.5 sec
Busy Tone
0.5 sec
0.5 sec
Call Waiting Tone
440
60 IPM
0.5 sec
Second Dial Tone
0.25 sec
350/440
120 IPM
0.25 sec
2400 Modulation
(16 Hz)
Continuous
Internal Dial Tone
350/440
Continuous
Internal Ringback Tone
440/480
1 sec On
2 sec Off
Howler Tone
LCR Dial Tone
440
Continuous
Reorder Tone
480/620
120 IPM
1 sec
2 sec
0.25 sec
0.25 sec
Service Set Tone
440
Continuous
0.125 sec
Special Dial Tone
440
240 IPM
0.125 sec
Tone Burst 1 Tone
440
Continuous
Tone Burst 2 Tone
620
Continuous
Tie/DID Ringback Tone
440/480
2 sec On
4 sec Off
Camp-On Tone
Call Alert Notification
Attendant Tone Override
440
Continuous
DIT Alert Tone
480/620
Continuous
Call Forward Alert Tone
Call Forward
Configuration Tone
350/440
120 IPM
System Hardware Manual
1 sec
1 sec
2 sec
4 sec
0.7 sec
0.5 sec
0.25 sec ON x 2~3 bursts
2 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 2-12 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern
LED
Condition
Color
W
I-Use
Busy
Incoming Call
I-Hold
Call Hold
Hold Recall
Transfer Recall
Live Monitoring Mode
Message Waiting on Line Key
Green
Red
Red
Green
Red
Green
Green
Green
Red
Microphone
ON
Red
ON (Electra Elite IPK/Series i)
Red
I-Use
ICM Incoming Call
Voice Over Broker
Red
Red
Red
Incoming Internal Call
Incoming Outside Call
Message from Attendant
Voice Mail Message
Red
Green
Green
Red
P
ON
System Data Entry
Red
Red
R
Conference in Progress/Barge In
All Conference Circuits Used
Hold Conference Call
ICM Call Hold
SPD Confirmation
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
O
Incoming Trunk
Exclusive Hold
User Ringing Line Preference
Voice Over with Broker’s Call
Red
Green
Red
Green
T
Callback Set
Auto Repeat Set
ON (to set function)
Call FWD - All Calls Set
Red
Red
Red
Red
MIC
W
ICM
Large LED
W
BLF or
DSS Key
Use, Hold
DND, Call FWD-All Calls Set
Special Mode (while pressing
or going off-line)
T
Flash Patterns
Red
Red
Red
0
2 - 22
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0 sec.
System Specifications
Chapter 3
Hardware Requirements
3rd Tab
Hardware Requirements
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
PROGRAMMING
STATIONS
SECTION 3
ATTENDANT STATIONS
SECTION 4
PROGRAMMING FROM
A PC
System Hardware Manual
Chapter 3
The technician should be familiar with the Electra Elite 48 system before
attempting to install it. Review this chapter carefully.
Two programming positions are available in the Electra Elite 48 system.
Station equipment that is connected to the first ESI(8)-U( ) ETU is
automatically set as a programming position and must be a display
Multiline Terminal.
An unlimited number of Attendant positions can be assigned in the Electra
Elite 48 system. An Attendant Position can have one to four DCU-60-1
Consoles attached. Each Attendant Console must be supported by an
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU. A maximum of four Attendant Consoles can be installed in
each Electra Elite 48 system.
Electra Elite 48 systems can be programmed from a personal computer.
The Menu Programming option available with PC Programming allows the
technician/end-user easy access to all information that can be
programmed on the Electra Elite 48 system. The PC must be a 486 or
higher and have Windows 95 or higher to be compatible with the Electra
Elite 48 system.
3-1
Issue 6
SECTION 5
PROGRAMMING FROM
A MULTILINE TERMINAL
SECTION 6
ELECTRA ELITE 48
REMOTE PC
PROGRAMMING
Electra Elite
Programming for the Electra Elite 48 system is accomplished through PC
Programming. As an added convenience, programming for the system can
be accomplished using Electra Elite or Electra Professional Multiline
Terminals with LCD. Multiline Terminal programming should be used after
the system is installed and any initial assignments are made. Using the
Multiline Terminal provides a quick way to access system data and make
changes to data items. To program from a Multiline Terminal one of the
following terminals is required.
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
The Electra Elite 48 system can be programmed from a remote location
using a personal computer.
6.1
Remote Programming
To provide remote programming the following hardware is required:
3-2
Analog CO Trunk or system SLT Port (not needed when the
optional internal modem is used)
A straight RS-232C cable and adapter (provided with the
MIFM-U( ) ETU) cable to connect a locally provided modem
(not needed when the optional internal modem is used)
MIFM-U( ) ETU installed in the Electra Elite 48 system
Hardware Requirements
Electra Elite
SECTION 7
DETERMINING
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
Issue 6
To determine equipment type and quantity to be installed, the technician
must be familiar with available station equipment and interface ETUs.
7.1
Station Equipment
The station equipment that can be installed with the Electra Elite 48
system is listed below.
Equipment
System Hardware Manual
Description
DBM(B)-U( ) Box
Basic Message Display Board
with 8 LEDs
DBM(E)-U( ) Box
Expansion Message Display
Board with 8 LEDs
DCR/DCU-60-1 CONSOLE
Attendant Console with 60
programmable line keys
DTP/DTH/DTR-2DT-1 TEL
2-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP/DTH/DTR/DTU-8-1 TEL
8-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
8-line digital Multiline Terminal
with LCD and softkeys
DTP/DTU-16-1 TEL
16-line digital Multiline
Terminal without LCD
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
16-line digital Multiline
Terminal with LCD and
softkeys
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
16-line digital stand alone
terminal with direct connection
to a single port on the
ESI(8)-U10 ETU
DTP/DTU-32-1 TEL
32-line digital Multiline
Terminal without LCD
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
32-line digital Multiline
Terminal with LCD and
softkeys
DTR-1R-1 TEL
Dterm Analog Cordless
Terminal without LCD
3-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Equipment
7.2
Description
DTR-4R-1 TEL
Dterm Cordless II Terminal with
LCD
DTU-4R-1 TEL
Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal
with LCD
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
8-line Multiline Terminal
without LCD
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
16-line Multiline Terminal with
LCD
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
16-line Multiline Terminal with
LCD
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
24-line Multiline Terminal with
LCD
ETW-4R-1(BK) TEL
Dterm Cordless Terminal with
LCD
EDW-48-1/2 DSS/BLF
48-line DSS/BLF or outside
lines with 12 function keys.
SLT(1)-U( )ADP
Single Line Telephone
Interface Adapter
Interface ETUs
The Electra Elite 48 has seven slots. Slot 1 is a fixed ESI slot that is
built-in on the MBD-U( ) Unit. Slot S2 is an ISA slot without MDF
connections.
Slots S3 ~ S6 are interface (IF) slots with MDF connections. Slot
S7 is an interface slot without MDF connections. Only cards that do
not require MDF connections (e.g., CTI(4)/(8),FMS, VMS, VRS,
PBR, VDH, and ACD(8)) can be installed in Slot S2 or Slot S7.
3-4
Hardware Requirements
Electra Elite
Issue 6
7.2.1
Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers
Telephone and CO Ports numbers are provided with the
Electra Elite 48 system. Port numbers are used to count
the station numbers and trunk numbers when
programming System Data. The example below indicates
how the CO and trunk numbers can be used.
The following ETUs are installed for the Figure 3-1
Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example.
Slot
ETU
S1
ESI(8)-U( )
(Built-In)
S2
MIFM-U( )
S3
COI(8)-U( )
S4
TLI(2)-U( )
S5
ESI(8)-U( )
S6
SLI(8)-U( )
S7
VMS(4)-U( )
Telephone
Ports
1~8
Built-In
MIF
01
CO
Ports
1~8
CO
Ports
9 ~ 10
Telephone
Ports
9 ~ 16
Telephone
Ports
17 ~ 24
Telephone
Ports
25~ 28
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
Figure 3-1 Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example
System Hardware Manual
3-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
7.2.2
Determining the Number of Required Interface ETUs
Table 3-1 Number of Required Interface ETUs indicates
each feature and the associated hardware necessary for
the operation of the feature.
Table 3-1 Number of Required Interface ETUs
Feature
Required
ETU
Required
Feature Key
Maximum
ETUs per
System
ANI/Caller ID (Refer to )
MIFM-U( )
KMM(1.0)U
1
Least Cost Routing
MIFM-U( )
KMM(1.0)U
1
PC Programming
MIFM-U( )
None
1
SMDR
MIFM-U( )
None
1
Uniform Call Distribution
MIFA-U( )
None
1
Wireless Service Console (WSC) MIFM-U( )
None
1
The Caller ID feature works without the MIFM-U( ) ETU. However, the Caller
ID scrolling and dialing both require the MIFM-U( ) ETU with KMM(1.0)U.
7.2.3
PBR Requirements
The Electra Elite 48 system has four built-in Push Button
Receiver (PBR) circuits on the MBD-U( ) Unit. The PBR
circuit detects and translates DTMF tones generated by
Single Line Telephones, facsimile machines, modems,
and analog voice mail ports. Incoming DTMF signals can
also be detected from a CO trunk using the DISA feature.
The system Automated Attendant feature and DISA
feature must use the MBD-U( ) Unit PBR circuits.
An optional PBR( )-U( ) ETU that provides an additional
four circuits can be installed. The number of PBR( )-U( )
ETUs needed depends on the number of Single Line
Telephones, facsimile machines, modems, and analog
voice mail ports needed. Automated Attendant and DISA
trunks connected to the system must also be considered.
3-6
When the optional PBR( )-U( ) ETU is installed, these
PBR circuits can be used only for SLI ports connected to
the system.
Hardware Requirements
Chapter 4
Installing the KSU
4th Tab
Installing the KSU
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
SITE PREPARATION
AND MDF/IDF
CONSTRUCTION
Chapter 4
This chapter provides the information necessary to install the KSU for the
Electra Elite 48 system. The technician should be familiar with this section
before installing any equipment.
Plan the installation before actually installing the system. Advanced
planning minimizes installation time, cost, and disruption of the customer
business activities.
2.1
Precautionary Information
Observe the following warnings during installation.
2.2
1.
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
2.
Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack
is specifically designed for wet locations.
3.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line is disconnected at the network interface.
4.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Surveying the Customer Site
In most cases, a survey of the customer site is necessary to
determine the proper placement of the Main Distribution Frame
(MDF), the exact dimensions of the area selected for the MDF,
cabling requirements, and possible Intermediate Distribution
Frame (IDF) locations.
System Hardware Manual
4-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
The information obtained at the customer site permits the installer
to partially assemble the MDF before installing it at the customer
premise. This reduces installation time and downtime at the
customer site.
2.3
Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation
2.3.1
Selecting the KSU Installation Site
When a site is selected for the installation of the KSU,
consider the following conditions to ensure proper
installation.
4-2
The KSU is wall mounted to protect against
accident or flooding.
The KSU should not be located directly beneath
pipes. Leaks or condensation could damage the
Electra Elite 48 system equipment.
The area where the KSU is located must be free of
corrosive and inflammable gases, excessive
chemical or industrial dusts, and other materials that
could cause a hazard to personnel or to the proper
functioning of the equipment.
The operating ambient temperature and humidity
must be within the limits specified in 4.2.2
Environmental Conditions in Chapter 2 System
Specifications.
System operation is virtually noiseless and allows
wide selection of installation sites. Ensure that the
KSU does not present a hazard to office traffic. To
minimize cabling costs, a centralized location
should be chosen.
The KSU must be located where it can easily be
connected to a dedicated AC power source.
Connect the KSU only to a dedicated AC
receptacle that is not being used for any other
device such as a computer, copier, or facsimile
machine.
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.3.2
Selecting a Permanent MDF Location
When selecting a permanent site for the MDF, the
technician may encounter some of the following
situations.
Space is Limited but must be used.
The available space may have one or more
environmental hazards.
The proposed location has poor lighting or lacks a
suitable ground for the KSU.
The technician that encounters these situations must
provide the best possible solution for installing the
equipment. This document cannot cover all possible
situations, precautions, and actions.
2.3.3
Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones
When a site is selected for the installation of the
telephones, consider the following conditions to ensure
proper installation.
2.4
Ensure that the cable length and line resistance
(loop), between the KSU and the telephones,
comply with the specifications shown in Table 2-3
Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable
Length.
Select a place where devices that require an
external power supply can be easily connected to
an AC outlet.
Constructing the Main Distribution Frame (MDF)
The Main Distribution Frame (MDF) consists of two different
standard quick-connect terminal blocks that are mounted on a 3/4”
plywood backboard. Mounting these blocks on standoffs for ease
of access is recommended. The recommended blocks are 66B50
for termination of the MDF Cable Assembly and 66M50 for
termination of the station cables.
The Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) requires the 66M50
blocks only.
System Hardware Manual
4-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Both the MDF and the IDF use standard bridging clips for each
terminal block. The bridging clips mate the left half of the terminal
block (terminated cable run) to the right half of the terminal block
(crossconnection wire) to the terminal block (crossconnection
wire). The bridging clips are also useful during troubleshooting to
help isolate the cable runs and terminals/telephones from the
central equipment and the Central Office Network from the system.
Refer to Figure 4-1 Typical Full MDF Layout.
66B50
Type
66M50
Type
Telco
RJ21X
4 Feet
3 Feet
Figure 4-1 Typical Full MDF Layout
The Electra Elite 48 KSU is connected to each Multiline Terminal
and Single Line Telephone, optional equipment, CO/PBX, DID,
ISDN, 4-wire E&M Tie lines (Types I and V), and FT1 trunks by
separate twisted-pair cable through the MDF. The 4-wire E&M Tie
lines, FT1 lines, and ISDN lines require multiple twisted-pair
cabling. Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections provides the necessary
cabling information.
4-4
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections
S
L
O
T
1
S
L
O
T
3
COI,
COIB,
or
COID
(4)
DID
TLI
DTI/
PRT
BRT
ECR
DPH
AMPHENOL 1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
T
T
T
R
R
R
T
T
T
R
R
R
T
—
T
R
—
R
T
—
T
R
—
R
—
—
T
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
GND
—
E-1
M-1
T-1
R-1
T1-1
R1-1
GND
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TA*
TB*
RA*
RB*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TA-1
TB-1
RA-1
RB-1
TA-2
TB-2
RA-2
RB-2
TA-3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
EP
Zone 3
DP 1
EP
Zone 2
DP 2
EP
Zone 1
DP 3
Night
Chime
DP 4
R
—
—
R
—
—
—
—
TB-3
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
E-2
—
RA-3
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
M-2
—
RB-3
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
T-2
—
TA-4
SL–BK
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
R-2
—
TB-4
41
YL–BL
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
Fax
—
T1-2
—
RA-4
16
BL–YL
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
Brch
—
R1-2
—
RB-4
MDF Pin
No
Running
Cable
Station
Cable
DTU
Station
Cable
ETW
26
1
27
2
28
3
29
4
30
5
31
6
32
7
33
8
34
9
35
10
36
11
37
12
38
WH–BL
BL–WH
WH–OR
OR–WH
WH–GN
GN–WH
WH–BR
BR–WH
WH–SL
SL–WH
RD—BL
BL–RD
RD-OR
OR–RD
RD–GN
GN–RD
RD–BR
BR–RD
RD–SL
SL–RD
BK–BL
BL–BK
BK–OR
OR–BK
BK–GN
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
13
GN–BK
39
ESI
SLI
(8)
SLI
(4)
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
RD
YL
R
BK–BR
GN
BK
14
BR–BK
RD
40
BK–SL
15
OP
X
COI/
COID
(8)
Ext.
Tone
Ringer
4
Ext.
Tone
Ringer
3
Ext.
Tone
Ringer
2
Ext.
Tone
Ringer
1
BSU
(2)
ZT II
1
ZT II
2
DLR
1
DLR
2
DLR
3
DLR
4
* S8000 or higher
System Hardware Manual
4-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections (Continued)
ESI
SLI
(8)
SLI
(4)
OP
X
COI/
COID
(8)
COI,
COIB,
or
COID
(4)
DID
TLI
DTI/
PRT
BRT
ECR
DPH
BSU
(2)
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
Bk
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
T
R
T
R
—
—
—
—
—
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
GND
—
E-1
M-1
T-1
R-1
T1-1
R1-1
GND
TA
TB
RA
RB
—
—
—
—
—
TA-1
TB-1
RA-1
RB-1
TA-2
TB-2
RA-2
RB-2
TA-3
EP
Zone 3
DP 1
ZT II
1
EP
Zone 2
DP 2
EP
Zone 1
DP 3
Night
Chime
DP 4
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
—
—
TB-3
VI–OR
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
E-2
—
RA-3
22
OR–VI
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
M-2
—
RB-3
48
VI–GN
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
T-2
—
TA-4
23
GN–VI
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
R-2
—
TB-4
49
VI–BR
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
Fax
—
T1-2
—
RA-4
24
BR–VI
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
Brch
—
R1-2
—
RB-4
MDF Pin
No
Running
Cable
Station
Cable
DTU
Station
Cable
ETW
42
17
43
18
44
19
45
20
46
YL–OR
OR–YL
YL–GN
GN–YL
YL–BR
BR–YL
YL–SL
SL–YL
VI–BL
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
21
BL–VI
47
S
L
O
T
4
50
25
4-6
TO CO MDF FOR PFT
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
4
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
3
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
2
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
1
—
ZT II
2
DLR
1
DLR
2
DLR
3
DLR
4
—
Slot 1 is ESI(8)-U( ) built-in on the MBD-U10 Unit.
Slots 2 and 7 do not have MDF connections. These slots can be used for VRS, PBR, or VDH.
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections (Continued)
S
L
O
T
DID
TLI
DTI/
PRT
BRT
ECR
DPH
BSU
(2)
AMPHENOL 2
T
T
T
R
R
R
T
T
T
R
R
R
T
—
T
R
—
R
T
—
T
R
—
R
—
—
T
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
GND
—
E-1
M-1
T-1
R-1
T1-1
R1-1
GND
TA*
TB*
RA*
RB*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
EP
Zone 3
DP 1
ZT II
1
EP
Zone 2
DP 2
EP
Zone 1
DP 3
Night
Chime
DP 4
R
—
—
R
—
—
—
—
—
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
E-2
—
—
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
M-2
—
—
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
T-2
—
—
OR–RD
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
R-2
—
—
RD–GN
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
Fax
—
T1-2
—
—
GN–RD
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
Brch
—
R1-2
—
—
RD–BR
BR–RD
RD–SL
SL–RD
BK–BL
BL–BK
BK–OR
OR–BK
BK–GN
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
T
R
T
R
—
—
—
—
—
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
—
GND
—
E-1
M-1
T-1
R-1
T1-1
R1-1
GND
TA*
TB*
RA*
RB*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
GN–BK
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
—
—
—
BK–BR
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
E-2
—
—
BR–BK
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
M-2
—
—
BK–SL
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
T-2
—
—
SL–BK
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
R-2
—
—
YL–BL
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
Fax
—
T1-2
—
—
BL–YL
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
Brch
—
R1-2
—
—
Running
Cable
Station
Cable
DTU
Station
Cable
ETW
ESI
SLI
(8)
26
1
27
2
28
3
29
4
30
WH–BL
BL–WH
WH–OR
OR–WH
WH–GN
GN–WH
WH–BR
BR–WH
WH–SL
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
RD
GN
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
YL
BK
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
SL–WH
RD
YL
R
RD—BL
GN
BK
BL–RD
RD
RD-OR
5
31
5
6
32
7
33
S
L
O
T
COI,
COIB,
or
COID
(4)
MDF Pin
No
8
34
9
35
10
36
11
37
12
38
13
39
6
14
40
15
41
16
* S8000 or higher
System Hardware Manual
SLI
(4)
OP
X
COI/
COID
(8)
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
4
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
3
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
2
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
1
EP
Zone 3
DLR
1
ZT II
1
DLR
2
DLR
3
ZT II
2
DLR
4
DP 1
EP
Zone 2
DP 2
EP
Zone 1
DP 3
Night
Chime
DP 4
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
4
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
3
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
2
Extern
al Tone
Ringer
1
ZT II
2
DLR
1
DLR
2
DLR
3
DLR
4
4-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections (Continued)
MDF Pin
No
Running
Cable
Station
Cable
DTU
Station
Cable
ETW
42
17
43
18
44
19
45
20
46
21
47
22
48
23
49
24
50
25
YL–OR
OR–YL
YL–GN
GN–YL
YL–BR
BR–YL
YL–SL
SL–YL
VI–BL
BL–VI
VI–OR
OR–VI
VI–GN
GN–VI
VI–BR
BR–VI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S
L
O
T
7
4-8
ESI
SLI
(8)
SLI
(4)
OP
X
COI/
COID
(8)
COI,
COIB,
or
COID
(4)
DID
TLI
DTI/
PRT
BRT
ECR
DPH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BSU
(2)
EXTERNAL PAGE OUTPUT
Slots 2 and 7 do not have MDF connections. These slots can be used for VRS, PBR, VDH, CNF, or VMS.
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.5
Power Failure Transfer
The Power Failure Transfer relay is located in the KSU. When
selecting a Single Line Telephone for power failure transfer, make
sure it matches the CO line dialing type (10 pps, 20 pps, or DTMF)
where it is connected. A Single Line Telephone with a ground
button must be used with Ground Start Trunks. Refer to Figure 4-2
Power Failure Transfer Connection to SLT.
T
E
L
C
O
M Tip
D
F
To Single Line Telephone
Ring
AMP1
50
M Tip
D
F
SLT
Ring
25
Figure 4-2 Power Failure Transfer Connection to SLT
2.6
Fax CO Branch Connection
This connection is made to the fourth port on any COI(4)-U( ),
COIB(4)-U( ), or COID(4)-U( ) ETU. Refer to Figure 4-3 Fax CO
Branch Connection. The facsimile machine is connected to the
eighth port for the specified slot where COI(4)-U( ), COIB(4)-U( ),
or COID(4)-U( ) ETU is installed.
Demark
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
T8
R8
FAX
RJ-11
Figure 4-3 Fax CO Branch Connection
System Hardware Manual
4-9
Issue 6
SECTION 3
INSTALLING THE KSU
Electra Elite
The compact design of the Electra Elite 48 KSU provides easy installation.
The KSU is wall mounted only.
Before installing the system; observe the following
precautions.
3.1
Ensure that the Power Supply Unit (PSU) is OFF and that the
power cord is disconnected from the AC outlet.
Do not touch the soldered surfaces of the ETUs with your
hands.
General Information
3.1.1
KSU
The B48-U10 KSU provides service for outside lines,
Attendant Consoles, and interconnection of the station
terminals. The B48-U10 KSU provides 48 ports and has one
fixed and six flexible slots. Fixed slot 1 is reserved for the
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU that is built-in on the MBD-U10 Unit. A P64U10 Power Supply Unit (PSU) and backup batteries are
provided with the KSU.
4 - 10
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.2
Removing the KSU Cover
The front cover must be removed to access the battery, cables,
and ETU slots.
1.
Loosen the screws near the bottom of the KSU. Do not
remove screws from the unit.
2.
Pull the front cover off toward you.
Figure 4-4 Removing the Cover of the KSU
3.3
Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap
When attaching the amphenol cables to the side of the KSU, they
can be secured using the provided velcro strap. This should be
done prior to attaching the KSU to the wall mount bracket. Thread
the velcro strap through the hook on the back side of the KSU.
System Hardware Manual
4 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 4-5 Threading the Velcro Strap Through the Hook on the
KSU
3.4
Wall Mounting the KSU
1.
Use the template, and attach two of the four locally provided
screws to the wall as shown in Figure 4-6 Using the
Template. Do not thread in the last 1/8 inch of the screws.
Figure 4-6 Using the Template
4 - 12
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
Hang the KSU as shown in Figure 4-7 Hanging the KSU.
Figure 4-7 Hanging the KSU
3.
Install screws in bottom of KSU and tighten screws at the top.
Figure 4-8 Installing Screws
System Hardware Manual
4 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.4.1
Grounding Requirements
The KSU must be properly grounded. The Electra Elite 48
KSU is provided with a typical ac third-wire ground. When
this ground is questionable, provide an alternative
ground.
1.
Connect the grounding cable (green wire) to the
ground terminal on the right side of the KSU. The
locally provided grounding cable AWG must be
greater than #16.
Figure 4-9 KSU Grounding
4 - 14
2.
Provide a suitable ground inside of a building
according to local telephone company procedures.
3.
When no suitable ground is available, a ground rod
should be installed in accordance with the operating
procedures of the local telephone company.
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.5
Rack Mounting the KSU
1.
Mount the RAK-U10 Unit to the equipment rack using the six
provided screws. Refer to Figure 4-10 RAK-U10 Unit and
KSU. Use three screws on each side (at 1, 2, and 3).
1
2
3
RAK-U10 Unit
Figure 4-10 RAK-U10 Unit and KSU
2.
Install two provided screws into the upper holes (at D) on the
RAK-U10 Unit. Refer to Figure 4-11 Mounting KSU on the
RAK-U10 Unit. Do not thread screws in the last 1/8 inch.
D
KSU Tabs
KSU
D1
RAK-U10 Unit
Figure 4-11 Mounting KSU on the RAK-U10 Unit
3.
System Hardware Manual
Hang the two metal KSU tabs on the screws just installed.
4 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.6
4.
Install two screws in the lower holes of the KSU (at D1). Refer
to Figure 4-11 Mounting KSU on the RAK-U10 Unit.
5.
Tighten the four screws to secure the KSU to the RAK-U10
Unit.
Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU
The Electra Elite 48 system has a P64-U10 PSU with a battery
backup interface that accepts 117 Vac and outputs +5V and –24V
to the system.
Before replacing the PSU, remove the defective
PSU and verify that the power cord on the
replacement PSU is unplugged.
4 - 16
1.
Disconnect power cord from P64-U10 PSU AC IN Connector.
2.
Remove two screws from front of PSU.
3.
Pull out the power supply, and disconnect the white cable
attached to the MBD-U10 Unit from the PSU. Refer to Figure
4-12 Disconnecting Cable from the PSU.
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 4-12 Disconnecting Cable from the PSU
4.
System Hardware Manual
Refer to Figure 4-13 Installing the PSU in the KSU. Install the
P64-U10 PSU into the left space of the KSU, connect white
cable attached to MBD-U10 Unit, and attach PSU to the KSU
using the two screws removed in Step 1.
4 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.
Connect the power Cord to AC IN connector.
Figure 4-13 Installing the PSU in the KSU
4 - 18
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.7
Fuse Replacement
For continued protection against risk of fire, replace
fuses with the same type and rating originally
installed.
1.
Disconnect AC power, and remove the front cover on the
KSU. Refer to Figure 4-4 Removing the Cover of the KSU.
2.
Loosen two screws on the removable access plate to the left
of the PSU, and remove the plate.
3.
Replace the fuses as necessary. Refer to Figure 4-14 PSU
Fuse Replacement. Fuse F1 is a 125V, 6A fuse for AC input.
Fuse F101 is a 125V, 6.0A fuse for DC input.
F101 (DC In)
F1 (AC In)
Figure 4-14 PSU Fuse Replacement
4.
System Hardware Manual
Install the access plate, and tighten the screws.
4 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.8
Installing Built-In and External Batteries in the KSU
3.8.1
Built-In Battery Installation
1.
Connect the two batteries in series as shown in
Figure 4-15 Connecting Built-In Batteries. The red
cord attaches to the red terminal and the black cord
attaches to the black terminal.
Be careful not to misconnect the
terminals of the batteries.
Figure 4-15 Connecting Built-In Batteries
2.
Slide the batteries into the bottom space at the left
side the KSU, and install the battery cover as shown
in Figure 4-16 Installing Batteries in the KSU.
Figure 4-16 Installing Batteries in the KSU
3.
4 - 20
Connect the cable to the BATTERY INT connector
of the PSU as shown in Figure 4-17 Connecting the
Batteries to the Power Supply Unit.
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 4-17 Connecting the Batteries to the Power
Supply Unit
3.8.2
External Battery Installation
Batteries that are purchased locally can be connected to
the system as external batteries.
When installing external batteries, disconnect
the battery cable for the built-in batteries from
the BATTERY EXT connector of the KSU. When
the built-in batteries are connected with the
external batteries, a large charging current may
flow from the external batteries to the built-in
batteries and cause battery cable burns.
1.
System Hardware Manual
Connect cabling to the external batteries as shown
in Figure 4-18 Connecting Cables for External
Batteries.
4 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 4-18 Connecting Cables for External
Batteries
4 - 22
2.
Route the cables through the clamps on the bottom
right side of the KSU.
3.
Connect the external batteries to the KSU in the
location shown in Figure 4-19 Connecting the
External Power Cables to the PSU. Connect the
external battery cable to the BATTERY EXT
connector on the PSU of the KSU. Bundle any extra
cabling together.
Installing the KSU
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 4-19 Connecting the External Power
Cables to the PSU
4.
Install the KSU cover. Refer to Figure 4-20 Installing
the KSU Cover.
Figure 4-20 Installing the KSU Cover
System Hardware Manual
4 - 23
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
4 - 24
Installing the KSU
Chapter 5
Installing Electronic
Telephone Units
5th Tab
Installing Electronic
Telephone Units
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Chapter 5
Each Electronic Telephone Unit (ETU) is installed in a slot of the KSU.
Refer to Figure 5-1 KSU ETU Slots. The B48-U10 KSU has seven slots
that are divided as follows:
Slot 1 is a fixed ESI slot that cannot be changed.
S2 is the ISA /IF slot without Amphenol connections. Any ETU that does
not require Amphenol connections (e.g. MIF, VRS, CNF, or PBR) can be
installed in this slot.
S3~S6 are the B48-U10 KSU interface slots with Amphenol connectors.
All other interface ETUs can be installed in any of these slots.
S7 is an interface slot without Amphenol connections. Any ETU that does
not require Amphenol connections (e.g., VRS or PBR) can be installed in
this slot.
This chapter describes each ETU and the installation procedures.
Figure 5-1 KSU ETU Slots
System Hardware Manual
5-1
Issue 6
SECTION 2
INSTALLATION
Electra Elite
2.1
Installation Precautions
Observe the following precautions when installing
the ETUs to avoid static electricity damage to
hardware or exposure to hazardous voltages.
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS
technology that is very susceptible to static; therefore,
extreme care must be taken to avoid static discharge when
handling ETUs.
Make all switch setting changes on the ETU before inserting
it in the KSU.
When installed, the component side of all ETUs must face the
left side of the KSU. Ejector tabs are always on top.
When carrying an ETU be sure to keep it in a conductive
polyethylene bag to prevent damage due to static electricity.
When handling an ETU the installer must wear a grounded
wrist strap to protect the ETU from static electricity.
When inserting or removing an ETU, be sure the wrist strap is
connected to the Frame Ground Terminal on the KSU. Refer
to Figure 5-2 Wrist Strap Grounding.
ETU
Wrist
Strap
KSU Frame
Ground
Terminal
Figure 5-2 Wrist Strap Grounding
5-2
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
When holding an ETU be sure you do not touch the
components or the soldered surfaces with bare hands. Place
one hand under the bottom corner of the ETU and with the
other hand hold the ejector tab (located in the top corner of
the ETU).
Ejector
Tab
Figure 5-3 Handling an ETU
When setting switches on the ETU, wear a wrist strap and
stand on a grounded conductive work surface to avoid static
electricity.
ETU
Wrist
Strap
Grounded
Conductive
Surface
Figure 5-4 Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU
System Hardware Manual
5-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.2
2.3
Don’t touch the surface of the ETU. A small screw driver can
be used to change the switch settings if the installer follows
the recommended safety precautions.
Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots
1.
Align ETU with ejector tab at top and component side to the
left.
2.
Slide the ETU into the proper slot in the KSU, and push it all
the way to the back of the KSU.
Removing an ETU from the KSU
1.
Lift the ejector tab on the ETU.
2.
Pull the ETU out of the slot.
Figure 5-5 Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU
5-4
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
SECTION 3
COMMON CONTROL
UNITS
Issue 6
The Electronic Telephone units described in this section control the
common functions of the KSU.
3.1
CLKG-U( ) Unit
3.1.1
Description
The CLKG-U( ) Unit provides clock synchronization for
ISDN-PRI, FT1, ISDN-BRI, and Wireless lines that are
connected to the system.
This unit works with the DTI-U( ) BRT(4)-U( ), PRT(1)-U( )
or BSU(2)-U( ) ETU and is installed on the MBD-U10 Unit.
Figure 5-6 CLKG-U( ) Unit
3.1.2
Installation
Only one CLKG-U( ) Unit can be installed.
3.1.3
Connectors
The following connectors are located on the CLKG-U( )
Unit.
System Hardware Manual
CN1
Connects to CN5 on the MBD-U10 Unit
CN2
Connects to CN6 on the MBD-U10 Unit
5-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.1.4
Switch Settings
Leave SW1 set to ISDN.PHS when ISDN/T1 or ISDN/T1
and Wireless trunks are installed.
When only Wireless is installed, set SW1 to PHS.
3.2
KMM(1.0)U
3.2.1
Description
The KMM(1.0)U is a feature module that mounts on the
MIFM-U( ) ETU. This unit is required when LCR or Caller
ID scrolling and dialing features are used.
3.2.2
Installation
Like all ICs, this unit has a notch on one side. Find the
notch on the IC6 silkscreen, and align the KMM(1.0)U so
that the notches are on the same side before mounting.
3.3
MBD-U10 Unit for B48-U10 KSU
3.3.1
Description
The MBD-U10 Unit (installed on the B48-U10 KSU) is the
Central Processing Unit for the system. This Unit has a
Central Processing Unit and a Microprocessing Unit and
supports a maximum of 48 ports for the Electra Elite 48
system. Refer to Figure 5-7 KSU MBD-U10 Unit.
A 32-bit microprocessor executes the programs stored on
the Flash ROM ICs of the MBD-U10 Unit. This controls
the entire system when data is transferred to and from
other ETUs.
This ETU includes the following items:
5-6
Time Division Switch (TDSW)
Static Random Access Memory (SRAM)
32-bit Processor
4-channel DTMF Receiver (PBR)
Six 4-party Conference Circuits
Internal (digital music) Music-on-Hold source
External Music-on-Hold input (also used for station
background music)
Flash ROM
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Call Progress and DTMF Tone Generator
Memory Backup Battery (Retains memory for
approximately 21 days)
Key Function (KF)/Multifunction (MF) Registration
Figure 5-7 KSU MBD-U10 Unit
System Hardware Manual
5-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.3.2
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-1 MBD-U10 Unit Default Switch Settings.
Table 5-1 MBD-U10 Unit Default Switch Settings
SW1-1
SW1-2
Description
Off
Off
Normal Operation
On
Off
Flash ROM load from COM1 port
Off
On
Factory Test
On
On
Flash ROM load from EPROM
SW1-3
Description
Off
MF Mode
On
KF Mode
SW2
Description
Momentary Switch
CPU Reset
SW3-1
Description
On
System boot by EPROM
Off
System boot by Flash ROM
SW3-2
Description
N/A
Not Used
Pressing
SW2
and
Pressing
SW2interrupts
interrupts all
all service and
causes
a second
initialization.
Do notThis
use
causes
a second
initialization.
thisswitch
switch should
in an operating
system
unless
not be used in an
absolutely necessary.
5-8
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.3.3
Connectors
Before programming System Data, the battery must be
connected to CN4 to allow memory retention when a
power failure or brownout occurs. When a brownout or
power failure does occur, and the battery backup circuit is
not activated, System Data resets to the default values,
all stations in the system reset to the default values, and
any data programmed on individual stations is cleared.
The following connectors are located on the MBD-U10
Unit.
3.3.4
MOH IN
For music on hold input
PFT
For Power Failure Transfer
COM1
For LCR/PC programming
COM2
For SMDR
CN4
For backup battery
CN5
Connects to CN1 of the CLKG-U( ) Unit
CN6
Connects to CN2 of the CLKG-U( ) Unit
LED Indications
Table 5-2 MBD-U10 Unit LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
CPU LIVE
CPU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED2
Power status
System Power On
Not Used
System Power Off
ESI LIVE
ESI status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
ESI Busy
ESI Busy status
Some Port(s) busy
Not Used
All ports idle
System Hardware Manual
5-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.3.5
Replacing Memory Backup
The MBD-U10 Unit provides memory backup for
approximately 21 days. The Ni-Cad battery should be
replaced about every two years. Refer to Figure 5-8 KSU
Backup Battery Replacement.
Figure 5-8 KSU Backup Battery Replacement
5 - 10
1.
Remove the battery cable from CN4 on the
MBD-U10 Unit.
2.
Connect the cable from the new battery to CN4 on
the MBD-U10 Unit.
3.
Turn off the KSU power.
4.
Use cutting tool to cut the tie wrap that fastens it,
and remove the old battery.
5.
Fasten the new battery with a tie wrap.
6.
Turn on the KSU power.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.4
MIFA-U( ) ETU
3.4.1
Description
The MIFA-U( ) provides additional memory and
processing power to support ACD or UCD. The ACD
feature and KMA(1.0)U are not supported by the Electra
Elite 48 system.
The MIFA-U( )ETU must be installed in KSU Slot S2.
Figure 5-9 MIFA-U( ) ETU
3.4.2
Installation
Only one MIFA-U( ) ETU can be installed in the system.
System Hardware Manual
Slot S2 may contain either the MIFA-U( ) ETU or
MIFM-U( ) ETU. The system cannot support both at
the same time.
5 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.4.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-3 MIFA-U( ) Default Switch Settings.
Table 5-3 MIFA-U( ) Default Switch Settings
3.4.4
SW2-1
SW2-2
Description
Off
Off
Normal Operation
On
Off
Factory Test
Off
On
Not Used
On
On
Flash ROM load from
EPROM
SW1
Description
On
System boot by Flash ROM
Off
System boot by EPROM
LED Indications
Table 5-4 MIFA-U( ) LED Indications
5 - 12
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED1
Programming status
Problem when
loading Flash ROM
or
PC or LCR
Programming
connected
Loading Flash ROM
from EPROM
Not Used
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.4.5
Connectors
The MIFA-U( ) ETU has the following connectors:
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
CN2
Connects to the Backboard
CN3
Connects the ETU backup battery
during installation.
3.5
IC6
Disconnect to store the ETU.
Not used by Electra Elite 48
MIFM-U( ) ETU
3.5.1
Description
This ETU provides additional memory and processing
power for PC Programming, SMDR, LCR, Caller ID, or
Wireless activation. PC Programming and SMDR are
standard. LCR and Caller ID scrolling and dialing require
the KMM(1.0)U to be mounted on the MIFM-U( ) ETU.
The MIFM-U( ) must be installed in KSU Slot S2.
Figure 5-10 MIFM-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.5.2
Installation
Only one MIFM-U( ) ETU can be installed.
3.5.3
Slot S2 may contain either the MIFA-U( ) ETU or
MIFM-U( ) ETU. The system cannot support both at
the same time.
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-5 MIFM-U( ) Default Switch Settings.
Table 5-5 MIFM-U( ) Default Switch Settings
3.5.4
SW2-1
SW2-2
Description
Off
Off
Normal Operation
On
Off
Factory Test
Off
On
Not Used
On
On
FROM (Flash Read Only
Memory) load from EPROM
(Erasable Programmable
Read Only Memory)
SW1
Description
On
System boot by Flash ROM
Off
System boot by EPROM
LED Indications
Table 5-6 MIFM-U( ) LED Indications
5 - 14
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED1
Programming status
Problem when
loading Flash ROM
or
PC or LCR
Programming
connected
Loading Flash ROM
from EPROM
Not Used
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.5.5
Connectors
The MIFM-U( ) ETU has the following connectors:
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
CN2
Connects to the Backboard
CN3
Used to Connect the ETU backup
battery during installation.
Disconnect to store the ETU.
CN4, CN5
Connectors
for
MIF-Modem Unit
IC6
Socket for the optional KMM(1.0)U
the
optional
SMDR and LCR/PC Programming connections are made
(using COM ports) on the MBD-U10 Unit.
COM1
LCR/PC/Wireless Programming
COM2
SMDR
Both COM ports are standard female RS-232C DCE
ports. A straight cable is required.
When an external modem is used, connect the modem to
COM1 port via the modem cable adapter. A straight
RS-232C cable (locally provided) is required.
3.6
Modem Kit Unit
3.6.1
Description
This optional modem mounts on the MIFM-U( ) ETU and
does not require analog port connection. The MIFM-U( )
ETU must be installed in KSU Slot S2.
3.6.2
Installation
The Modem Kit Unit pins and the pins of the CN4 and
CN5 socket are labeled. Align the Modem Kit Unit pins
before installing the unit. Installing it backward could
damage the Modem Kit Unit.
3.6.3
Specifications
ITU-T V.34
Maximum speed 28.8 Kbps
System Hardware Manual
5 - 15
Issue 6
SECTION 4
TRUNK ETUS
Electra Elite
The Electronic Telephone Unit described in this section provides a link
between equipment in the Electra Elite 48 system and outside equipment.
All ETUs are installed in the interface slots of the KSU.
4.1
BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
4.1.1
Description
The Basic Rate Trunk (BRT) Interface ETU terminates
ISDN Basic Rate Trunk lines and supports four ISDN-BRI
circuits. Each trunk supports two B channels. These eight
B channels can be used for CO trunks with DTMF
signaling. Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements.
This ETU uses an S/T-type interface. A locally provided
Network Termination unit (NT1) is required to connect to a
CO. Caller ID is supported.
One BRT ETU provides a maximum of four ISDN circuits
that provide eight B channels to be used as trunks.
Figure 5-11 BRT(4)-U( ) ETU
5 - 16
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.1.2
Installation
If a BRT(4)-U( ) ETU is installed, a CLKG-U( ) Unit must
be installed in connectors CN5 and CN6 on the MBD-U10
Unit.
A maximum of two BRT(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
the system in slot S3 or S4 (S7000 or lower).
Using S8000 or higher, up to two BRT(4)-U( ) ETUs can
be installed in slots S3~S6.
4.1.3
Switch Settings
SW1 is the reset switch.
4.1.4
Jumpers
CN101 and CN102
Set the 100Ω termination to On or Off for Channel 1.
CN101 and CN102 shorted together from the
factory turn on the 100Ω terminal.
CN201 and CN202
Set the 100Ω termination to On or Off for Channel 2.
CN201 and CN202 shorted together from the
factory turn on the 100Ω terminal.
CN301 and CN302
Set the 100Ω termination to On or Off for Channel 3.
CN301 and CN302 shorted together from the
factory turn on the 100Ω terminal.
CN401 and CN402
Set the 100Ω termination to On or Off for Channel 4.
CN401 and CN402 shorted together from the
factory turn on the 100Ω terminal.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.1.5
LED Indications
Table 5-7 BRT(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
5 - 18
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LED1
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED2
L1 status - BRI CKT1
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
LED3
L1 status - BRI CKT2
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
LED4
L1 status - BRI CKT3
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
LED5
L1 status - BRI CKT4
L1 working
Not Used
L1 idle
LED6
B1 or B2 status
Channel 1
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED7
B1 or B2 status
Channel 1
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED8
B1 or B2 status
Channel 1
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED9
B1 or B2 status
Channel 1
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED10
Communication
or self-diagnostics
Communication error
or
Self-diagnostics in
progress
Not Used
Normal
LED11
Communication
or self-diagnostics
Communication error
or
Self-diagnostics in
progress
Not Used
Normal
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.1.6
Connectors
The BRT(4)-U( ) has the following connector:
4.1.7
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF for BRT ETU
TELCO
NT1
ST/4 Wire
Network
and CO U Interface / 2 Wire
NT1
ST/4 Wire
NT1
ST/4 Wire
NT1
ST/4 Wire
TA 1
TB 1
RA 1
RB 1
Channel 1
TA 2
TB 2
RA 2
RB 2
Channel 2
TA 3
TB 3
RA 3
RB 3
Channel 3
TA 4
TB 4
RA 4
RB 4
Channel 4
Figure 5-12 BRT(4)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.2
COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
4.2.1
Description
The COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU provides the Central Office
interface. The COI ETU contains circuitry for outside ring
detection, holding, dialing, and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced E911.
The COI(8)-U( ) ETU provides identical circuits to serve
up to eight CO trunks that can be any combination of Loop
Start or Ground Start with DTMF signaling.
The
COI(4)-U( ) is for Loop Start trunks with DTMF signaling
only. ETU Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements. Refer to Figure 5-13
COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
Figure 5-13 COI(8)-U( ) ETU
5 - 20
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.2.2
Installation
A maximum of four/two COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETUs can be
installed in the system limited by 16 trunks. The
COI(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in slots S3~S7. The
COI(8)-U( ) ETU can be installed in slots S3~S6.
4.2.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-8 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-8 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1~8
Set according to the
line type.
Default Setting: LP
Switches between Loop Start (LP)
or Ground Start (GS) Trunks on
Lines 1~8 of COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
Loop Start Only
Loop Start for
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
N/A
Resets the COI ETU
SW1~4
Reset
4.2.4
lines
1~4 of
LED Indications
Table 5-9 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED 1
Line 1 status
COI(4)/COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Line 2 status
COI(4)/COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Line 3 status
COI(4)/COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Line 4 status
COI(4)/COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 5
Line 5 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 6
Line 6 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 7
Line 7 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 8
Line 8 status COI(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
System Hardware Manual
5 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.2.5
Connectors
The COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU has the following connector:
4.2.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF
MDF
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
COI(4)-U10 ETU
CO
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
COI(8)-U10 ETU
Figure 5-14 COI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
5 - 22
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.3
COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
4.3.1
Description
This ETU functions the same as the COI(4)-U( ) or
COID(4)-U( ) ETU to provide Central Office Interface.
When the ETU is set for COID mode, Loop Start trunks
and/or Caller ID trunks are supported. When the ETU is
set for COI mode, Loop Start or Ground Start is
supported. Caller ID is not supported in the COI mode.
Connections for Ground Start Trunks are polarity
sensitive.
This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection,
holding, dialing, and control functions, and it can provide a
CAMA trunk for E911.
When functioning as a COI(4)-U( ) or COID(4)-U( ) ETU
only DTMF signaling is supported. Tip and Ring electrical
fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Refer to Figure 5-15 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU.
Figure 5-15 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 23
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.3.2
Installation
In COI mode, a maximum of four COIB(4)-U( ) ETUs can
be installed in slots S3 ~S6 in the system limited by 16
trunks.
When used for Caller ID trunks in COID mode, it must be
installed in slot S3 or S4 (S7000 or lower).
For S8000 or higher in COID mode, the COIB(4)-U( )
ETU can be installed in slots S3~S6.
4.3.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-10 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-10 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW100
~400
Set for line type.
Default Setting: LP
Switches between Loop Start (LP)
or Ground Start (GS) Trunks
S1
Open for COI
Shorted (default) for
COID
Selects the COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
function for COI or COID mode
Reset
N/A
Resets the COIB(4)-U( ) ETU
4.3.4
LED Indications
Table 5-11 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED 1/CH1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2/CH2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3/CH3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4/CH4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
FAX
FAX status)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
5 - 24
Switch SW400 must be set to Loop Start for FAX CO function to work.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.3.5
Connectors
The COIB(4)-U( ) ETU has the following connectors:
4.3.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN2
Future
CN3
Future
Connections
MDF
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
Figure 5-16 COIB(4)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 25
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.4
COIB(4)-U20 ETU
4.4.1
Description
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U( ) or
COID(4)-U( ) ETU to provide Central Office Interface.
Transmit and receive pad controls have been added to
the COIB(4)-U20 ETU. Ground Start trunks are not
supported. When the ETU is set for COID mode, Loop
Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported. Caller ID
does not work in the COI mode. Fax CO Branch support
is provided on the COIB(4)-U20 port 4 only.
This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection,
holding, dialing, and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for E911.
CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB(4)-U20 port 3.
When functioning as a COI(4)-U( ) or COID(4)-U( ) ETU
only DTMF signaling is supported. Tip and Ring electrical
fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Refer to Figure 5-17 COIB(4)-U20 ETU.
Figure 5-17 COIB(4)-U20 ETU
5 - 26
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.4.2
Installation
In COI mode, a maximum of four COIB(4)-U20 ETUs can
be installed in slots S3~S6 in the Electra Elite 48 system
limited by 16 trunks.
For Caller ID in COID mode, a maximum of two
COIB(4)-U20 ETUs can be installed in slot S3 or S4
(S7000 or lower).
For S8000 or higher in COID mode, the COIB(4)-U20
ETU can be installed in slots S3~S6.
4.4.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-12 COIB(4)-U20 ETU Default Switch/
Jumper Settings.
Table 5-12 COIB(4)-U20 ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings
Switch/
Jumper
Setting
JP100~
400
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
6dB increase
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default) No Gain
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
Receive pad for related channel.
JP101~
401
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
6dB increase
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default) No Gain
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
Transmit pad for related channel.
S1
Open for COI
Shorted (default) for COID
Selects the function for
COIB(4)-U20 ETU between COI
or COID mode
Reset
N/A
Resets the COIB(4)-U20 ETU
System Hardware Manual
Description
5 - 27
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.4.4
LED Indications
Table 5-13 COIB(4)-U20 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED 1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
FAX
FAX status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.4.5
Connectors
The COIB(4)-U20 ETU has the following connectors:
4.4.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN2
Future
CN3
Future
Connections
MDF
Fax
Branch
Demark
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T8
R8
T
R
CO
Figure 5-18 COIB(4)-U20 ETU Connections
5 - 28
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.4.7
ETU
Caller ID
See Note
ETU Feature Chart
Pad
Control
Loop
Start
COI(4)-U10
X
COI(8)-U10
X
COID(4)-U10
X
X
COID(8)-U10
X
X
COIB(4)-U10
X
X
COIB(4)-U20
X
X
X
COIB(8)-U10
X
X
X
Ground
Start
Fax
Branch
CAMA
Trunk
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks.
CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB(4)-U20 port 3. Other ETUs listed, except COIB(8)U( ) ETU, support CAMA trunks on all ports.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 29
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.5
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
4.5.1
Description
This ETU can function the same as the COI(8)-U( ) or
COID(8)-U( ) ETU to provide Central Office Interface.
Transmit and receive pad controls have been added to
the COIB(8)-U( ) ETU. Ground Start trunks are not
supported. When the ETU is set for COID mode, Loop
Start trunks and Caller ID trunks are supported. Caller ID
does not work in the COI mode.
This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection,
holding, dialing, and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for E911.
CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB(8)-U( ) ports 3
and 7 only.
When functioning as a COI(8)-U( ) or COID(8)-U( ) ETU
only DTMF signaling is supported. Tip and Ring electrical
fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Refer to Figure 5-19 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU.
Figure 5-19 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
5 - 30
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.5.2
Installation
In COI mode, a maximum of two COIB(8)-U( ) ETUs can
be installed in slots S3~S6 in the Electra Elite 48 system
limited by 16 trunks.
For Caller ID In COID mode, only one COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
can be installed in slot S3 or S4 (S7000 or lower).
For S8000 or higher in COID mode, the COIB(8)-U( )
ETU can be installed in slots S3~S6 limited by 16 trunks.
4.5.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-14 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch/
Jumper Settings.
Table 5-14 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch/Jumper Settings
Switch/
Jumper
Setting
JP100~
800
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
6dB increase
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default) No Gain
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
Receive pad for related channel.
JP101~
801
Jumpers 1-2 shorted
6dB increase
Jumpers 2-3 shorted (default) No Gain
Jumpers 3-4 shorted
6dB decrease
Transmit pad for related channel.
S1
Open for COI
Shorted (default) for COID
Selects the function for
COIB(8)-U( ) ETU between COI
or COID mode
Reset
N/A
Resets the COIB(8)-U( ) ETU
4.5.4
Description
LED Indications
Table 5-15 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED 1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 5
Channel 5 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
System Hardware Manual
5 - 31
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-15 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications (Continued)
LED
LED 6
Description
Channel 6 status
On
Flashing
Off
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 7
Channel 7 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 8
Channel 8 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.5.5
Connectors
The COIB(8)-U( ) has the following connector:
4.5.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
Figure 5-20 COIB(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
5 - 32
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.5.7
ETU
Caller ID
See Note
ETU Feature Chart
Pad
Control
Loop
Start
COI(4)-U( )
X
COI(8)-U( )
X
COID(4)-U( )
X
X
COID(8)-U( )
X
X
COIB(4)-U( )
X
X
COIB(4)-U20
X
X
X
COIB(8)-U( )
X
X
X
Ground
Start
Fax
Branch
CAMA
Trunk
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Caller ID is not supported for Ground Start trunks.
CAMA trunk support is provided on COIB(8)-U( ) ports 3 and 7. Other ETUs listed,
except COIB(4)-U20, support CAMA trunks on all ports.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 33
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.6
COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
4.6.1
Description
The COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU provides the Central Office
interface for Caller ID Detection. This ETU provides
circuitry for outside ring detection, hold, dialing, Caller ID
detection, and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced E911.
The COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU provides four/eight trunks that
are Loop Start with DTMF signaling only. Tip and Ring
electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
Figure 5-21 COID(8)-U( ) ETU
5 - 34
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.6.2
Installation
A maximum of two COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETUs can be
installed in the system in slot S3 or S4 (S7000 or lower).
For S8000 or higher four COIB(4)-U( ) ETUs or two
COID(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots S3~S6 limited
by 16 trunks.
4.6.3
Switch Settings
The RESET switch resets the unit.
4.6.4
LED Indications
Table 5-16 COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED 1
Line 1 status
COID(4)/COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Line 2 status
COID(4)/COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Line 3 status
COID(4)/COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Line 4 status
COID(4)/COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 5
Line 5 status COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 6
Line 6 status COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 7
Line 7 status COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 8
Line 8 status COID(8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.6.5
Connectors
The COID(4)/(8)-U( ) has one connector:
System Hardware Manual
CN1
Connects to the backboard
5 - 35
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.6.6
Connections
MDF
MDF
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
COID(4)-U( ) ETU
CO
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
COID(8)-U( ) ETU
Figure 5-22 COID(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
5 - 36
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.7
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
4.7.1
Description
The DID(4)-( ) interfaces Direct Inward Termination lines
and 2-way DID lines. This ETU provides a maximum of
four DID lines. Wink start, delay start, immediate start,
and second Dial Tone are accommodated with this ETU.
Dial Pulse and DTMF are also supported. There are four
built-in DTMF signal detectors. Tip and Ring electrical
fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Figure 5-23 DID(4)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 37
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.7.2
Installation
A maximum of four DID(4)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
the system in slots S3~S6.
4.7.3
LED Indications
Table 5-17 DID(4)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED 1
Line 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 2
Line 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Line 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 4
Line 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
4.7.4
Connectors
The DID(4)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
4.7.5
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
Figure 5-24 DID(4)-U( ) ETU Connections
5 - 38
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.8
DTI-U( ) ETU
4.8.1
Description
The DTI-U( ) ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that
provides termination of FT1 trunks (up to 16 DS-0
channels) that support K-CCIS and Automatic Number
Indication (ANI) on T1.
A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start signaling
can be used on the DTI-U( ) ETU. DTMF, Dial Pulse
dialing, Tie line (E&M), and DID are supported. The DTIU( ) ETU has 24 built-in DTMF detectors. Tip and Ring
electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
Figure 5-25 DTI-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 39
Issue 6
Electra Elite
When channels are assigned to ANI, the DTI-U10
supports Feature Group D incoming only signaling using
System Software S3000. The DTI-U20/30 supports
Feature Group D incoming MF/outgoing DTMF signaling
using System Software S4500 or higher.
Only the DTI-U30 can support the K-CCIS feature with
point-to-point E&M Tie lines. System Software S7000
or higher is required.
4.8.2
Installation
When a DTI-U( ) ETU is installed, a CLKG-U( ) Unit must
be installed on the MBD-U10 Unit.
One DTI-U( ) ETU can be installed in slot S4 (S7000 or
lower).
For S8000 or higher four DTI-U( ) ETUs can be installed
in slots S3~S6 limited by 16 trunks.
4.8.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-18 DTI-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings.
Table 5-18 DTI-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
SW1–1
Setting
On:
Off:
Indicates
alarm
or
loopback status of the
channel
Indicates channel is busy
or idle (Default)
Used to assign
Indications
LED
SW1–2
On: Loopback on
Off: Loopback off (Default)
Default: Off
Switches Loopback on
and off
SW1–3
On:
DTE Software Loopback
in the DTI ETU)
Line Loopback to CO
(Default)
Sets Loopback
Test Mode
Normal Operation
(Default)
Switches between normal
operation and test mode
Off:
5 - 40
Description
This switch is active only
when SW1-2 is On.
SW1–4
On:
Off:
SW1–5
N/A
N/A
SW1–6
N/A
N/A
SW2
N/A
Resets the DTI ETU
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.8.4
LED Indications
Table 5-19 DTI-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED
Channel Status
On
Switch SW1-1 Off
On
Switch SW1-1 On
Off
LED 1
Channel 1
Busy
LSA Alarm
Idle
LED 2
Channel 2
Busy
AIS Alarm
Idle
LED 3
Channel 3
Busy
OOF Alarm
Idle
LED 4
Channel 4
Busy
RAI Alarm
Idle
LED 5
Channel 5
Busy
CRC Alarm
Idle
LED 6
Channel 6
Busy
BPV Alarm
Idle
LED 7
Channel 7
Busy
SLIP Alarm
Idle
LED 8
Channel 8
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 9
Channel 9
Busy
TSC Alarm
Idle
LED 10
Channel 10
Busy
ESA Alarm
Idle
LED 11
Channel 11
Busy
LOS Alarm
Idle
LED 12
Channel 12
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 13
Channel 13
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 14
Channel 14
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 15
Channel 15
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 16
Channel 16
Busy
N/A
Idle
LED 17
Not Used
Not Used
Line Loopback On
Not Used
LED 18
Not Used
Not Used
DTE Loopback On
Not Used
LED 19
Not Used
Not Used
N/A
Not Used
LED 20
Not Used
Not Used
N/A
Not Used
LED 21
Not Used
Not Used
N/A
Not Used
LED 22
Not Used
Not Used
N/A
Not Used
LED 23
Not Used
Not Used
N/A
Not Used
LED 24
Not Used
Not Used
N/A
Not Used
System Hardware Manual
5 - 41
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.8.5
Alarm Conditions
A brief description of each alarm condition is given below.
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Detection
On red when the system is receiving an Alarm
Indication Signal from an FT1 trunk.
Controlled Slip Event Detection (SLIP)
On red when the timing difference between a
synchronous receiving terminal and the received
signal exceeds the buffering ability of the terminal.
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Error Event
Detection
On red when a CRC Error occurs.
Excessive Bipolar Violation (BPV) Detection
On red when excessive BPV is detected.
Line Synchronization Alarm (LSA) Detection
On red when
synchronization.
an
FT1
trunk
loses
frame
Out-of-Frame (OOF) Condition Detection
On red when two of the four or five framing data bits
received are in error.
Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Detection
On red when RAl is received.
4.8.6
Connectors
The DTI-U( ) ETU has one connector:
4.8.7
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF
TA
TELCO
T1
Provider
CSU/DSU
4 Wire
TB
RA
RB
Figure 5-26 DTI-U( ) ETU Connector
5 - 42
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.9
IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
4.9.1
Description
The IP Gateway IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is an optional
interface for the Electra Elite KSU that can combine
various trunk and Tie line calls into Gateway trunks. This
ETU can be assigned as a 2-port TLI(2)-U( ), 4-port
DID(4)-U( )/COI(4)-U( )/COID(4)-U( ) ETU, or 8-port
COI(8)/COID(8)-U( ) ETU.
Figure 5-27 IPT(8)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 43
Issue 6
Electra Elite
The Voice over IP trunk ETU provides the following
options:
Table 5-20 VoIP Options
Number of Ports
IPT(4)
IPT(8)
Installation Slot
Elite 48
Elite 192
#
Configuration
1
COI
4
8
S2~S7
S1~S8
2
COID
4
8
S3 or S4
S1~S4
3
DID
4
4
S2~S7
S1~S8
4
TLI
2
2
S2~S7
S1~S8
4.9.2
Installation
The Gateway ETU can be installed in KSU slots that
support the applicable ETU simulated.
The IPT(4)-U( ) ETU is converted to IPT(8)-U( ) ETU by
installing daughter board IPE(4)-U( ) Unit.
Refer to Elite IP Gateway Card Installation Manual.
4.9.3
LED Indications
HS
When Switch S1 is placed to PD, this LED lights
red. The IPT(4)-U( ) ETU starts the shutdown.
When shutdown is complete the LED goes off along
with others to indicate that the ETU can be removed
from the KSU.
CH8~1
Indicates the status of associated channel or trunk
as in COID/DID as follows:
Trunk Status
COID LED
DID LED
Not Installed or Idle
Off
Off
Incoming
Off
On
Busy
On
On
Live
Flashes red when ETU is receiving power from the
KSU.
5 - 44
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Ethernet Status
Two built-in LEDs (one green and one yellow) on the
RJ-45 indicate Ethernet connection status. The
yellow LED is On when the Ethernet link is up. The
green LED flashes to indicate activity.
Status
This 2-color (red and green) LED shows status of all
Gateway trunks. The location of a detected error is
indicated by the following table:
Trunk Status
Error Location
Power On
Off
BIOS, Hardware
Start DSP download
Red
DSP Driver
DSP download OK
Successful
Application Start
4.9.4
LED Condition
Red and Green
Green
DSP Download
Application Load
IPT(4)-U( ) to IPT(8)-U( ) ETU Conversion
The IPE(4)-U( ) Unit is attached to the IPT(4)-U( ) ETU to
convert it to the IPT(8)-U( ) ETU. This unit comes with two
attached standoffs with an extra screw in the bottom.
4.9.5
1.
Remove the screw from the bottom of each standoff.
2.
Line up the IPE(4)-U( ) Unit standoffs with Holes 1
and 2 and connector J1 with IPT(4)-( ) ETU
connector J5, and press down until the IPE(4)-U( )
Unit is firmly attached to the IPT(4)-U( ) ETU.
3.
Install the two previously removed screws through
holes 1 and 2 to Connect the standoffs to the
IPT(4)-U( ) ETU.
Connectors
The IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU has two connectors:
System Hardware Manual
CN1
RJ-45 Connects to the Ethernet
Connects to the backboard
5 - 45
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.9.6
Switch S1
Switch S1 must be in PD (power down) for ETU installation,
and placed in PU (power up) to activate the ETU. After the
ETU is activated, S1 is placed in PD to power down the
ETU for removal.
4.9.7
Connections
RJ-45
Connector
VoIP Trunk
Card
ETU
Ethernet
Figure 5-28 IPT(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
5 - 46
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.10 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
4.10.1
Description
The PRT(1)-U( ) ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that
provides for the termination of an ISDN-PRI line for voice
service only.
The PRT(1)-U( ) ETU supports AT&T 4ESS (Custom),
AT&T 5ESS (Lucent), DMS-100 (Custom or National
ISDN) and NI-2 protocols. Call-by-Call and Universal call
handling are also supported. Tip and Ring electrical fuses
are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Figure 5-29 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 47
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.10.2
Installation
When a PRT(1)-U( ) ETU is installed, a CLKG-U( ) Unit
must be installed on the MBD-U10 Unit. One PRT(1)-U( )
ETU can be installed only in slot S4 (S7000 or lower).
For S8000 or higher four PRT(1)-U( ) ETUs can be
installed in slots S3~S6 limited by 16 trunks.
4.10.3
Switch Settings
Switch SW1 is a 4-position DIP switch used to assign the
application. Table 5-21 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU SW1 Settings
shows application selection. SW1-4 is not used and
must be OFF.
Table 5-21 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU SW1 Settings
*
SW1–1
SW1–2
SW1–3
SW1–4
Application
ON
ON
ON
OFF
NI-2
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
4ESS (AT&T Custom)
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
AT&T 5ESS (Lucent Custom)
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
DMS-100 (Custom) *
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DMS-100 (National ISDN) **
Nortel Specification NIS-A211-1
** Nortel Specification NIS-A233-1
Switch SW2 is an 8-position rotary switch that can be set
even during operation. A small flat screwdriver can be
used to set positions as follows:
Position 0
Alarm Indications
Position 1
B Channels 01~12 Status Indication
using LEDs 1~12
Position 2
B Channels 13~23 Status Indication
using LEDs 1~12
Positions 3
CO Trunks 01~12 assigned to PRT ETU
Status Indication using LEDs 1~12
Positions 4
CO Trunks 13~23 assigned to PRT ETU
Status Indication using LEDs 1~12
Positions 5 & 6 Not Used
Position 7
5 - 48
Inspection Mode in production line
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.10.4
LED Indications
Table 5-22 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Stopped (Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED
Channel/Trunk
Status
On (Alarms)
SW2 Position 0
On
SW2 Position 1
On
SW2 Position 3
LED 1
Channel 1
Layer 1 Active
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 1 Busy
LED 2
Channel 2
SLIP
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 2 Busy
LED 3
Channel 3
RAI
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 3 Busy
LED 4
Channel 4
LOF
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 4 Busy
LED 5
Channel 5
AIS
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 5 Busy
LED 6
Channel 6
CRC Error
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 6 Busy
LED 7
Channel 7
Active Call
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 7 Busy
LED 8
Channel 8
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 8 Busy
LED 9
Channel 9
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 9 Busy
LED 10
Channel 10
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 10 Busy
LED 11
Channel 11
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 11 Busy
LED 12
Channel 12
Not Used
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 12 Busy
LED
Channel/Trunk Status
N/A
On
SW2 Position 2
On
SW2 Position 4
LED 1
Channel 13
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 13 Busy
LED 2
Channel 14
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 14 Busy
LED 3
Channel 15
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 15 Busy
LED 4
Channel 16
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 16 Busy
LED 5
Channel 17
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 17 Busy
LED 6
Channel 18
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 18 Busy
LED 7
Channel 19
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 19 Busy
LED 8
Channel 20
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 20 Busy
LED 9
Channel 21
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 21 Busy
LED 10
Channel 22
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 22 Busy
LED 11
Channel 23
N/A
Channel Busy
CO Trunk 23 Busy
LED 12
Not Used
N/A
Not Used
Not Used
System Hardware Manual
5 - 49
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.10.5
Alarm Conditions
A brief description of each alarm condition referred to
under the SW2, position 0 alarm Indications is given
below.
Layer 1 Status
LED is on red when layer 1 is active. The LED is off
when layer 1 is inactive.
Controlled Slip indication (SLIP)
When the difference between the timing of a
synchronous receiving terminal and the received
signal exceeds the buffering ability of the
synchronous terminal, the LED is on red.
Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Detection
When RAI is received, the LED is on red.
Loss of Frame (LOF) Condition Detection
When two of the four or five framing data bits
received are in error, the LED is on red.
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Detection
When the system is receiving an Alarm Indication
Signal from a PRT trunk, the LED is on red.
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Error Event
Detection
When a CRC Error occurs, the LED is on red.
Active Call
LED is on red to indicate an active call.
4.10.6
Connectors
The PRT(1)-U( ) ETU has two connectors:
5 - 50
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN3
9-pin RS-232C
maintenance
connector
used
for
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.10.7
Connections
MDF
TA
ISDN PRI
Provider
ISDN PRI
TB
CSU
RA
RB
The CSU may not always be required
Figure 5-30 PRT(1)-U( ) ETU Connector
System Hardware Manual
5 - 51
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.11
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
4.11.1
Description
CN1
The TLI(2)-U( ) ETU provides for the termination and
operation of a maximum of two E&M Tie lines (4-wire,
Type I, or Type V, 10 pps or 20 pps, Dial Pulse, or DTMF).
Immediate Start, Delay Start, Wink Start, and Second
Dial Tone signaling are also provided. The TLI(2)-U( )
ETU has two built-in DTMF signal detectors.
LED 3
LED 2
LED 1
TYPE V
TYPE V
SW101
TYPE I
SW201
TYPE I
Figure 5-31 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
4.11.2
Installation
A maximum of four TLI(2)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
slots S3~S6.
5 - 52
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.11.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-23 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-23 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW101
When lines provided by this ETU
are used for back-to-back
connections, set to Type V.
Switch Type I
or Type V for
Line 1
When connection is to a Central
Office, set to Type I.
Default: Type V
SW201
When lines provided by this ETU
are used for back-to-back
connections, set to Type V.
Switch Type I
or Type V for
Line 2
When connection is to a Central
Office, set to Type I.
Default: Type V
4.11.4
LED Indications
Table 5-24 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LED 1
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
LED 2
Line 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LED 3
Line 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
System Hardware Manual
5 - 53
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.11.5
Connectors
The TLI(2)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
4.11.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
Side A
Telco
Side B
MDF
E
M
T
T R
T
RR
E
M
T
R T
T
R
R
Figure 5-32 TLI(2)-U( ) ETU Connections
5 - 54
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
SECTION 5
STATION ETUS
Issue 6
5.1
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
5.1.1
Description
The Multiline Conference Bridge allows any intercom user
and any outside party calling to a port of the CNF(8)-U( )
ETU to make a multiparty conference call. One 8-party
conference or two 4-party conferences are supported and
regulated by a switch setting.
Figure 5-33 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
5.1.2
Installation
Only two CNF(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in slots
S2~S7 in the B48-U10 KSU. Installed as SLI(8) in
Memory Block 7-1 (Card Interface Slot Assignment).
System Hardware Manual
5 - 55
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.1.3
Switch Settings
Table 5-25 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Reset Switch
Switch
SW2
Setting
Description
Press to Reset
Host Reset Switch
Table 5-26 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Maximum Conference
Time Switch
Setting
Switch
Maximum
Conference Time
SW3-2
SW3-3
ON
ON
1 Hour
ON
OFF
2 Hour
OFF
ON
3 Hour
OFF
OFF
No Limit
CTS
Table 5-27 CNF(8)-U( ) ETU Party Size Switch
Switch
5 - 56
Setting
Description
SW3-1
ON
1 Eight-Party Conference
SW3-1
OFF
2 Four-Party Conferences
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.1.4
LED Indications
Table 5-28 CNF(8)-U() ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
STATUS
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal Operation
No Power
CH 0
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 1
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 2
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 3
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 4
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 5
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 6
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
CH 7
Status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
5.1.5
Connectors
The CNF(8)-U( ) ETU has three connectors:
System Hardware Manual
J1
Connects to the backboard
J2
Not currently used
J3
9-pin RS-232C connector for maintenance
5 - 57
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.2
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU
5.2.1
Description
The CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU is a 4-, 8-, 12-, or
16-port Digital Voice Mail system that can support
TeLANophy, inbound or outbound faxing and Hospitality/
HVM applications.
The EliteMail VP cannot support TeLANophy or faxing
and Hospitality/HVM applications, but it can be upgraded
to EliteMail CTI when these features are required.
For a 4- or 8-port system, only one board is required. For
the 12- or 16-port system, the Daughter board is also
required.
This ETU is a PC platform, installed in the Electra Elite 48
system, that contains hard disk space for voice recording
storage and application software.
A digital signal
processor/voice processing section handles the following
functions:
DTMF detection/generation
General tone detection
FAX CNG tone detection
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
Automatic gain control
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 115,200
bps) used for direct connection console
programming and backup/restore
A LAN port with an RJ-45 connector (activated only
with CTI)
Up to two fax ports (activated only with CTI)
A built-in modem for remote console programming
that supports up to 19.2 Kbps
Refer to Table 5-29 Configuration Support.
5 - 58
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 5-29 Configuration Support
Function
System Hardware Manual
Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (no transfer)
Call forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane of the KSU
RJ-45 LAN connection
RJ-11 Modem connection
VGA connection for monitor support
PS2 Keyboard and Mouse connections
Hardware
One CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU
Message Notification
Uses Message waiting lamps
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive connect: Digital signal
Telephone
One of the following telephones is required to
program Electra Elite System data:
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
5 - 59
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 5-34 EliteMail CTI System Board
5.2.1.1
System Board Components
Refer to Table
Components.
5-30
System
Board
Table 5-30 System Board Components
Item
5 - 60
Description
A
Backplane connector
B
Switch SW2
Not used. Keep indicated default settings
C
Switch SW1
Not used. Keep indicated default settings
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 5-30 System Board Components (Continued)
Item
System Hardware Manual
Description
D
Port Expansion Board (PEB) cable
E
Modem connector
F
Hard Drive (HD) LED
G
Universal Serial Bus (USB) connector
H
Local-Area Network (LAN) connector
I
Keyboard connector
J
Mouse connector
K
COM Serial Port connector
L
VGA Monitor connector
M
Switch SW3
DIP switch 1 default is Off so the voice messaging application starts
when the board is turned On. Set this switch On to start OS/2
software only.
DIP switch 2 default is Off for direct serial remote access
connections. Set this switch On for modem connections.
DIP switches 3 and 4 are not used and should be left On.
N
The Power button cuts the power to the board from the PC and the
hard drive and should not be used.
O
Voice messaging software LED
Green when software is active
Amber when active with possible application problem
Red when inactive or shut down
P
Shutdown switch
Default is On. Place Off to shut down the software and system board
properly before turning off the telephone system and disconnecting
the system board.
Place On before restarting – The board restarts only when the switch
is On.
Q
Shutdown LED
Red when switch is On
Green when switch is Off
After the LED goes off, turn off power to the KSU and disconnect the
board.
R
Make Busy switch and LED
Do not use. Must always be On red when installed.
5 - 61
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 5-35 EliteMail CTI Daughter Board
5.2.1.2
Daughter Board Components
Refer to Table
Components.
5-31
Daughter
Board
Table 5-31 Daughter Board Components
Item
5 - 62
Description
A
F206 LED
B
CGA LED
C
Application LED
D~K
VM Channel LEDs 1~8 respectively
L, M
Fax Channel LEDs Channel 1, Channel 2
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 5-36 EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board
5.2.1.3
Port Expansion Board
Refer to Table 5-32 Port Expansion Board
Components.
Table 5-32 Port Expansion Board Components
Item
A
Backplane connector
B
MB LED – Always on when board is in use
C
MB switch – Do not use, leave On
D
F206 LED
E
CGA Live LED
F~M
System Hardware Manual
Description
VM Channels 9~16, respectively
5 - 63
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.2.2
Installation
Only one CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU should be
installed in any interface slot in any system. Slot S7 is
recommended.
Each system can have one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, one
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, or one VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 in
place of the CTI/VP.
The HD LED flashes red when the hard drive is active.
5.2.3
Do not reset the ETU when the HD LED is flashing.
Installation Precautions
System ETUs use CMOS technology that is very
susceptible to static electricity.
Always use the
following precautions to Avoid Static Discharge:
5 - 64
Wear a grounding strap when you handle an ETU.
Ensure that the KSU is off and that all DIP switch
changes are made before it is inserted in the KSU.
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.3
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
5.3.1
Description
The DPH(4)-U( ) ETU provides connection for four
Doorphones (DP-D-1A), and also provides the associated
four Door Lock Release relays.
Doorphones and relays are paired together. The station
user talking into a doorphone, controls only the Door Lock
Release relay for that doorphone when the feature code
is dialed.
The DPH(4)-U( ) has two audio paths to be shared by four
doorphones. Two simultaneous doorphone calls are
allowed. Doorphones 1/3 and 2/4 are paired together.
Figure 5-37 DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 65
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.3.2
Installation
Only one DPH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in the system
in slots S3~S6.
The DP-D-1A Doorphone that is connected to the ETU
has the following dimensions:
5.3.3
Height:
5.125 in.
130.18 mm
Width:
3.875 in.
98.43 mm
Depth:
1.00 in.
25.4 mm
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-33 DPH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Jumper
Settings.
Table 5-33 DPH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Jumper Settings
5.3.4
Jumper
Setting
Description
S101
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP1
and DP3 volume by 6 dB.
S201
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP2
and DP4 volume by 6 dB.
S102
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP1
and DP3 transmit volume by 6 dB.
S202
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP2
and DP4 transmit volume by 6 dB.
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on)
Off
No Power
LED 1 indication are listed below.
5 - 66
Steady Red
A Circuit Is Busy
Off
All Circuits Are Idle
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.3.5
Connectors
The DPH(4)-U( ) ETU has the following connectors:
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
Relay
Connections provided at the
MDF
Doorphone
Connections provided at the
MDF
MDF
DPH 1
T
R
DPH 2
T
R
DPH 3
T
R
DPH 4
T
R
Doorphone
Doorphone
Doorphone
Doorphone
Figure 5-38 DPH(4)-U( ) ETU Doorphone Connector
5.3.6
Specifications
System Hardware Manual
Relay contacts are 24 Vdc at 500 mA
5 - 67
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.4
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
5.4.1
Description
The Electronic Station Interface ETU provides an 8-port
interface for Multiline Terminals, Electra Mail CTI,
Attendant Consoles, Single Line Telephone Adapter
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP, and DBM(B)-U( ) Box.
Figure 5-39 ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
5.4.2
Switch Settings
SW1 resets the ETU.
5 - 68
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.4.3
Installation
The first ESI(8)-U( ) ETU is built-in on the MBD-U10 Unit
and designated as Slot 1 for ports 01~08. A maximum of
three additional ESI(8)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in the
system in slots S3~S6.
5.4.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on)
Off
No Power
LED1 indications are listed below.
5.4.5
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
Off
All ports idle
Connectors
The ESI(8)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
5.4.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
YL O RD O
BK O GR O
RJ-11
Multiline Terminal
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
MDF
Figure 5-40 ESI(8)-U( ) ETU Connection
System Hardware Manual
5 - 69
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.5
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
5.5.1
Description
The FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is an up to 8-port Digital
Voice Mail system.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite 48
that contains Flash ROM data storage for voice recording
and application software.
C
Figure 5-41 FMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
5 - 70
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 5-42 FMS(8)-U( ) ETU
A digital signal processor/voice processing section
handles the following functions:
DTMF detection
DTMF generation
General tone detection
FAX CNG tone detection
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
Automatic gain control (AGC)
A serial port capable of direct connect speeds up to
19.2 Kbps.
This ETU provides 2-, 4-, or 8-ports for digital voice mail.
Refer to Table 5-34 Configuration Support Table.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 71
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-34 Configuration Support Table
Function
Configuration Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (No transfer)
Message Notification
Through message waiting lamps
Call Forwarding
Supported
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive disconnect: Digital Signal
Hardware
One FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Connections
Connects to backplane connector of the KSU
Telephone
MDM-F-20 Unit
5.5.2
One of the following telephones is required to
program Electra Elite 48 System data:
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
Used for remote connection
Installation
Only one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) can be installed in slots
S2~S7. Slot S7 is recommended.
5 - 72
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.5.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-35 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch
Settings for Revision Q26031 v 6.65.
For Revision Q05631 v 6.68 or Higher, refer to Table 5-36
FMS DIP Switch Functions.
Table 5-35 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings
Switch
Description
1
Normally Off
(On to enable COM1)
2
Normally Off
When 1 and 2 are both On, COM1 is enabled
for HOSTKEY and the VM application is
stopped for Maintenance.
3
On to enable COM2 for remote RS-232/RJ11.
Off to allow COM1 local connection.
4
Utility Menu
Table 5-36 FMS DIP Switch Functions
DIP
1
DIP
2
DIP
3
DIP
4
ON
ON
To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test
(NEC Production only
ON
To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and
run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production only
ON
ON
ON
System Hardware Manual
Description
To connect to CoSession using modem instead of
direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with modem connection
ON
To connect to CoSession using direct cable
connection but not start voice mail software
(Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode)
Used for Revision Q05631 v 6.68 or Higher
5 - 73
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.5.4
LED Indications
Table 5-37 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Receiving power
Not Used
No Power
CH1
Port status (2, 4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH2
Port status (2, 4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH3
Port status (4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH4
Port status (4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH5
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH6
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH7
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH8
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
MB
MB Switch status
ON
Not Used
OFF
BIOS
DOS status
BIOS Error
Not Used
No error
BCLR
Application status
Red DOS started
(VM not ready)
Green VM running
Orange Error
Not Used
Idle
If BCLR LED is orange, check error type on console screen. After error is corrected, LED
automatically changes to green. Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR
turns green during booting.
HD
Flash status
Not Used
Compact Flash Disk
active **
Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing.
5.5.5
Connectors
The FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U(
connectors:
5 - 74
Flash inactive
)
ETU
has
the
following
J2, J3 Used to install the MDM-F-20 Unit
J9
9-pin RS-232(COM2)
Not used (MDM-F-20 Unit)
RJ-11 modem port(COM2)
Remote connector on serial interface (MDM-F-20
Unit)
Connects to the backboard
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.5.6
9-pin RS-232(COM1)
Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct
connection.
Installation Precautions
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static
electricity. Static discharge must be avoided when
handling ETUs. Always use the following precautions:
System Hardware Manual
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the
ETU.
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU is off.
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
5 - 75
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.6
VMS/FMS/CMS( )-U30 ETU
5.6.1
Description
The EliteMail VMS, VMS( )-U30 ETU, is a 2-port, 4-port,
or 8-port interface that can be installed in any interface
slot in the Electra Elite system. The 2-port or 4-port
configuration includes one digital signal processor (DSP);
the 8-port configuration requires an additional DSP-30
Unit.
The EliteMail Limited, FMS( )-U30 ETU, is a 2-port, 4port, or 8-port interface that can be installed in any
interface slot in the Electra Elite system. The 2-port or 4port configuration includes one digital signal processor
(DSP); the 8-port configuration requires an additional
DSP-30 Unit.
The EliteMail CMS, CMS( )-U30 ETU, is a 2-port, or 4port interface that can be installed in any interface slot in
the Electra Elite system.
This electronic telephone unit is a PC platform installed in
the Electra Elite system and contains hard disk space for
voice recording storage and application software. A
digital signal processor/voice processing section handles
the following functions:
DTMF detection
DTMF generation
General tone detection
FAX CNG tone detection
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
Automatic gain control (AGC)
A serial port capable of direct connect speeds up to 38.4
Kbps.
The number of EliteMail ports installed has a direct
impact on the total number of system ports available.
5.6.2
Installation
Only one VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 ETU can be installed in
slots S2~S7 slot in each system. Slot 7 is recommended.
5 - 76
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.6.3
Upgrade EliteMail VMS(2)/(4)-U30 ETU to 8 ports
To upgrade a VMS(2)/(4)-U30 ETU to 8 ports, the DSPU30 must be installed. When the VMS(8)/FMS-U30 ETU
is purchased, the DSP-U30 is installed at the factory.
Refer to Figure 5-43 VMS DSP-U30 Unit Installation.
Piggyback on ETU
(DSP-U30 Unit)
Auxiliary DSP
Figure 5-43 VMS DSP-U30 Unit Installation
System Hardware Manual
5 - 77
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Piggyback on ETU
(DSP-U30 Unit)
Auxiliary DSP
Figure 5-44 FMS/CMS( )-U30 ETU
5.6.4
Upgrade EliteMail Limited FMS(2)/(4)-U30 to 8-ports
To upgrade a FMS(2)/(4)-U30 to 8-ports, the DSP-U30
must be installed.
When the FMS-U30 ETU is
purchased, the DSP-U30 is installed at the factory. Refer
to Figure 5-44 FMS/CMS( )-U30 ETU.
5.6.5
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-38 Switch Settings for EliteMail VMS/
FMS/CMS-U30 ETU
5 - 78
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 5-38 Switch Settings for EliteMail VMS/FMS/CMS-U30 ETU
Used for development only.
Reset Power Switch SI
DIP Switch S2
DIP SW 1
DIP SW 2
DIP SW 3
DIP SW 4
Enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production use
only)
ON
ON
Description
Enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production use only)
ON
Connect to CoSession using modem instead of direct cable connection
ON
ON
ON
ON
Start BRU Host with direct cable connection
ON
Start BRU Host with modem connection
ON
Connect to CoSession using direct cable connection, but do not
start the voice mail software (for troubleshooting and maintenance
only)
SHUT DOWN Switch S3
Used to identify the position of SW3
RUN Position
LED 6 is on Red
SHUT DOWN Position
LED 7 is on Red
5.6.6
Jumper Settings
Refer to Table 5-39 Jumper Settings
Table 5-39 Jumper Settings
J1 (only used on the FMS/CMS ETU)
1-2
No external modem connected (default)
2-3
External modem connected
J7 (only used on the VMS ETU)
System Hardware Manual
1-2
Compact Flash is master drive
2-3
HDD is master drive (default)
5 - 79
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.6.7
LED Indications
Refer to Table 5-40 VMS/FMS/CMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U30 ETU
LED Indications
Table 5-40 VMS/FMS/CMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U30 ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LED 1, AP1
Application Software
Running, no errors
Running with errors
Not Running
Green
Amber
Red
Not Used
Not Used
LED 2, AP2
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
LED 3, DRIVE
Hard Drive Access
Red if accessed
Not Used
When not accessed
LED 4, CF PWR
Power to the ETU
Red if power is on
Not Used
No power to ETU
LED 5, ICGA
Live LED
Not Used
LED 6, Switch S3
Indication
Do not remove Voice
Mail from KSU
Red when S3 in
RUN
Not Used
S3 not in RUN
position
LED 7, SHUT DOWN
Safe to remove Voice
Mail from KSU
Red when S3 in
SHUT DOWN
Not Used
S3 not in SHUT
DOWN position
LED 8, Power
Receiving KSU power
Red if power is on r
Not Used
No KSU power
LED 9, FED DSP
For development only
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
LED 10, CH1
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 11, CH2
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 12, CH3
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 13, CH4
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 14, CH5
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 15, CH6
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 16, CH7
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
LED 17, CH8
OFF/ON HOOK status Red for Off Hook
Not Used
On Hook
Red every 125ms
during operation
Operation is shut
down
The first four channel LEDS are also used during startup to signify:
LED 1,BICOM driver loaded
LED 2, Scandisk completed successfully
LED 3, CoSession Host loaded successfully
LED 4, Voice Mail started successfully
After system is up and running these LEDs are turned off, and all channels are ready to receive calls.
When Voice Mail fails to start, all eight channel LEDs and the BCLR LED (AP1) are on.
5 - 80
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.6.8
Connectors
The VMS/FMS/CMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U30 has six Connectors:
5.6.9
J2
Connects to the backboard
J6
Connects to Compact Flash (FMS only).
J8
Connects to the Harddrive
J9
Connects to the LAN when used (VMS only)
J10 Not Used
J11 COM Port for console programming
J12 Connector for DSP-U30 Unit to support ports
5~8
Installation Precautions
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static
electricity.
Static discharge must be avoided when handling
ETUs.
Always use the following precautions:
System Hardware Manual
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle
the ETU.
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes
before inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that
KSU is off.
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
5 - 81
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.7
OPX(2)-U ( ) ETU
5.7.1
Description
The OPX(2)-U( ) ETU provides an interface for two
off-premise extensions. This ETU has a built-in ringing
generator (RSG). A maximum of 1600Ω of loop resistance
(including about 200Ω for the Single Line Telephone) is
acceptable between the OPX(2)-U( ) ETU and a Single
Line Telephone.
This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection,
talk battery, sending ringing signals from the RSG unit to
the Single Line Telephones, and dial pulse detection.
The PBR circuit in the MBD-U10 Unit or the PBR( )-U( )
ETU is required with Single Line Telephone Connection.
Figure 5-45 OPX(2)-U( )Unit
5 - 82
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.7.2
Installation
A maximum of three OPX(2)-U( ) ETUs can be installed in
slots S3~S6. The extension can be run up to three miles
(5 km) using 24 AWG wiring.
5.7.3
LED Indications
LED 1 indications are listed below.
Blinking Red Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on)
Off
No Power
LED 2 indications are listed below.
5.7.4
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
Off
All ports idle
Connectors
The OPX(2)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
CN1
Connects
to
Connections
the
backboard
MDF
YL O RD O
BK O GR O
RJ-11
T1
R1
T2
R2
Single Line
Telephone
Figure 5-46 OPX(2)-U( ) ETU CN1 Connection
System Hardware Manual
5 - 83
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.8
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
5.8.1
Description
The SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU.has a built-in ringing generator
(RSG) and provides an interface for Single Line Telephones
or analog Voice Mail ports.
This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection,
talk battery, sending ringing signals, message waiting, and
loop disconnect for dial pulse signal detection.
The PBR circuit on the MBD-U10 Unit or the PBR( )-U( )
ETU is required with Voice Mail or DTMF Single Line
Telephones.
Figure 5-47 SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
5 - 84
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.8.2
Installation
A maximum of four SLI(4)-U( ) or three SLI(8)-U( ) ETUs
can be installed in slots S3~S6.
5.8.3
LED Indications
LED 1 indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on)
Off
No Power
LED 2 indications are listed below.
5.8.4
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
Off
All ports idle
Connectors
The SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
5.8.5
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF
MDF
YL O RD O
BK O GR O
RJ-11
Single Line
Telephone
SLI(4)-U( ) ETU
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
YL O RD O
BK O GR O
RJ-11
Single Line
Telephone
SLI(8)-U( ) ETU
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Figure 5-48 SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 85
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.9
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
5.9.1
Description
The VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU integrates both LAN and station
cabling. This is a standard ESI ETU with additional circuitry
for the LAN integration function.
Key Telephones are connected to the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
using a VDD-U Unit.
Each VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU has a built-in HUB facility with
eight ports (IEEE 802.3 10Base-T).
A VDD-U( ) adapter is required at each digital station or
Attendant Console. Refer to 3.11.1 Installing a VDD-U Unit
on a Multiline Terminal in Chapter 7 on page 7-38.
5.9.2
Specifications
Refer to Table 5-41 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Specifications.
Table 5-41 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Specifications
Description
Specifications
General Specifications
Access Method
CSMA/CD Method (IEEE 802.3)
Transmission Speed
10 Mbps
Transmission Interface
10Base-2:
10Base-T + Dterm Interface:
1 port
8 ports
Transmission Interface Connectors
10Base-2
BNC (coaxial cable)
10Base-T + Dterm Interface
RJ-45 (modular for 10Base-T)
Transmission Cable Type and Maximum Cable Length
5 - 86
10Base-2
Coaxial Cable – 606.8 feet (185 meters)
10Base-T + Dterm Interface
Twisted Pair Cable (LAN Category 3 or
higher) – 328 feet (100 meters) for
10Base-T technology.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.9.3
Cabling
The information listed below applies when connecting the
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU.
System Hardware Manual
Normally the 10Base-T cables connected to the
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETUs cannot be directly connected to
another HUB or to a LAN terminal. Jumpers are
provided for the VDH2(8)-U( ) to turn off the station
abilities for ports 1~7. In this case, LAN terminals can
be connected directly to the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU. Refer
to Figure 5-49 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Jumpers for the
layout of jumpers on the KTU.
Port 8 is unique because the station abilities cannot
be separated by changing a jumper like ports 1~7.
Port 8 is used for cascading HUBs. Connect Port 8
either to another VDH2(8)-U( ) (Port 1~7) or an
external HUB. For this case, be sure to set SW2 on
the VDH2(8)-U( ) to =. If SW2 is set to X, then Port 8
is used as a regular coreline connection. Refer to
Figure 5-50 10Base-T Cable Connections.
The VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU can be used with 10Base-2
and 10Base-T cables. VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU HUBs can
be cascaded using 10Base2 cables. The 10Base2
connector can also be used to connect the
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU to a LAN backbone. (Refer to
Figure 5-51 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU.) In these cases the 8
port is still used for coreline. The 10Base2 cable
interconnecting VDH2(8)-U10 ETUs must be greater
than 0.5 meters. The 10Base2 cables should be
neatly coiled. When the 10Base2 cables are
connected to the VDH2(8)-U( ) BNC connector, a
terminating plug must be used for the last device on
the cable. Refer to Figure 5-52 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
Connectors.
Using the 10Base-2 cables is the preferred method of
cascading VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU hubs because it does
not reduce the quantity of station ports that the ETU
can provide.
5 - 87
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 5-49 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Jumpers
Figure 5-50 10Base-T Cable Connections
5 - 88
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
BNC
Connector
Jacks (1~8)
Figure 5-51 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
Terminating
Plug
Figure 5-52 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Connectors
System Hardware Manual
5 - 89
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.9.4
5.9.5
Installing the VDH2(8)-U( )
Three ETUs can be installed in slots S2~S7.
The 10Base-T ports on the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU use
4-wire polar cables.
When connecting a VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU to a multiline
terminal, do not use under-carpet cables because the
device becomes susceptible to outside noises. It is
better to use EIA/TIA round cables instead of flat
cables. When under-carpet cables are used, you
must follow the installation instructions provided by
the cable manufacturer. Also consider these
precautions:
•
Limit the under-carpet cable length to 65 feet.
•
When using multiple pair cabling to connect the
VDH2(8)-U( ) units to the multiline terminal, do
not include analog lines in the same cable.
When connecting a VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU, lead the cable
connected to the ETU out through the clamp on the
bottom right of the KSU.
Figure 5-50 10Base-T Cable Connections shows
cable connections to the LAN using 10Base-T
cabling. Use an EIA/TIA category 3 (or higher)
unshielded twisted pair cable. Do not use 10Base-T
cable for overhead wiring or for outdoor wiring.
Switch Settings and Jumpers
Refer to Table 5-42 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings and Table 5-43 Jumper Settings.
Table 5-42 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1
N/A
Reset Switch
SW2
X Port 8 Normal Use Mode
(LAN Cable Integration)
Defines Port 8
communication mode.
= Port 8 10Base-T
cascades to another
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU or
HUB
5 - 90
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 5-43 Jumper Settings
5.9.6
Port
Jumper
Setting
1
JP1
JP2
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
2
JP3
JP4
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
3
JP5
JP6
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
4
JP7
JP8
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
5
JP9
JP10
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
6
JP11
JP12
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
7
JP13
JP14
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
LED Indications
LED indications are located on both sides of the ETU as
indicated in Figure 5-53 VDH2(8)-U( ) LED Indications.
Figure 5-53 VDH2(8)-U( ) LED Indications
System Hardware Manual
5 - 91
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-44 VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped,
power on
Normal Operation
No Power
1
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
2
LAN connection
Green
LAN Connection
established
Not Used
LAN inactive
3
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
Not Used
LAN inactive
Not Used
LAN inactive
Orange
Terminal is
Transmitting
4
LAN connection
5
LAN connection
6
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
7
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
8
LAN connection
Not Used
LAN inactive
9
10Base2 status
10Base2 sending
Not Used
10Base2 inactive
10
Intercom status
Intercom channel on
some channel in use
Not Used
No intercom terminal
used.
5.9.7
Connectors
The VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU has the following connectors:
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN2 – CH1~7
Connects to Multiline Terminals
CN2 – CH8
Connects to Multiline Terminal or
cascades to another HUB
CN3
Connects 10Base-2 cascade cables
from another HUB or mainframe LAN
When SW2 is set to X, the following table indicates the pin
assignments for the RJ-45 pins for CN2 – CH8.
5 - 92
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
TD indicates Transmit Data and RD indicates Receive
Data.
Normal
Pin
Signaling
6
TD-
3
TD+
2
RD-
1
RD+
When SW2 is set to =, the following table indicates the pin
assignments for the RJ-45 pins for CN2 – CH8.
Cascade
Pin
Signaling
6
RD-
3
RD+
2
TD-
1
TD+
Cables that connect a terminal to a HUB are straight, and
cables that connect HUB-to-HUB are crossed. Coreline
uses straight cables only.
RJ-45
RJ-45 Straight
RJ-45
1
2
3
6
RJ-45
1
2
3
6
RJ-45 Reversed
RJ-45
1
2
3
6
1
2
3
6
Figure 5-54 Cable Connection Comparison
System Hardware Manual
5 - 93
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.10
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
5.10.1 Description
The VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU is a 2-, 4-, or 8-port Digital
Voice Mail system.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite 48
and contains hard disk space for voice recording storage
and application software. A digital signal processor/voice
processing section handles the following functions:
DTMF detection
DTMF generation
General tone detection
FAX CNG tone detection
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
Automatic gain control (AGC)
A serial port (with direct connect speeds up to 19.2
Kbps) used to connect an external modem
This ETU provides two, four, or eight digital voice mail
ports. The 2- and 4-port configurations require the
included digital signal processor (DSP); the 8-port
configuration requires a DSP-F-21 Unit. Refer to
Table 5-45 Configuration Support Table.
Table 5-45 Configuration Support Table
5 - 94
Function
Configuration Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (No transfer)
Call Forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane connector of the KSU
Hardware
One VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Message Notification
Through message waiting lamps
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive disconnect: Digital Signal
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 5-45 Configuration Support Table (Continued)
Function
Configuration Support
Telephone
One of the following telephones is required to
program Electra Elite 48 System data:
DTP/DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
DTU-8D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
DTU-16D-2 TEL
DTP/DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2 TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
DSP-F-21 Unit
Adds four additional voice mail ports
Required by VMS(8)-U( ) ETU
MDM-F-20 Unit
Used for remote connection
5.10.2 Installation
Only one VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU can be installed in slots
S2~S7. Slot S7 is recommended.
System Hardware Manual
The system can have one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, CTI/
VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU, or VMS/FMS/CMS-U30
instead of VMS, but not at the same time.
5 - 95
Issue 6
Electra Elite
8-port VMS(8)-U( ) ETU shown
with 4-port auxiliary DSP installed.
For VMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU, the
auxiliary is not required.
Option Kit required for remote
maintenance is purchased
separately.
DIP Switch
Up = Off
Down = On
9-pin RS-232
COM 2 Ports
Modem Port RJ-11
Make Busy Switch
COM 1
Local Connection
Figure 5-55 VMS( )-U( ) ETU
5 - 96
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.10.3 Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-46 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings
for Revision Q26031 v 6.65.
For Revision Q05631 v 6.68 or Higher, refer to Table 5-47
VMS Dip Switch Functions.
Table 5-46 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU Switch Settings
Switch
Description
1
Normally Off
On to enable COM1
2
Normally Off
When 1 and 2 are both On, COM1 is enabled
for HOSTKEY and the VM application is
stopped for Maintenance
3
On to enable COM2 for remote RS-232/RJ-11
Off to allow COM1 local connection
4
Utility Menu
Table 5-47 VMS Dip Switch Functions
DIP
1
DIP
2
DIP
3
DIP
4
ON
ON
To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test
(NEC Production only
ON
To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and
run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production only
ON
ON
ON
System Hardware Manual
Description
To connect to CoSession using modem instead of
direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with modem connection
ON
To connect to CoSession using direct cable
connection but not start voice mail software
(Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode)
Used for Revision Q05631 v 6.68 or Higher
5 - 97
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.10.4 LED Indications
Table 5-48 VMS(2)/(4)(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Receiving power
Not Used
No Power
CH1
Port status (2, 4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH2
Port status (2, 4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH3
Port status (4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH4
Port status (4, 8)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH5
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH6
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH7
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH8
Port status (8 only)
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
MB
MB Switch status
ON
Not Used
OFF
BIOS
BIOS Error status
BIOS Error
Not Used
No error
BCLR
Application status
Red DOS started
(VM not ready)
Green VM running
Orange Error
Not Used
Idle
If BCLR LED is orange, check error type on console screen. After error is corrected, LED
automatically changes to green. Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR
turns green during booting.
HDD
Hard Disk status
Not Used
Hard Disk active **
Hard Disk inactive
Do not reset the ETU while the HDD LED is flashing.
5.10.5 Connectors
The VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU has the following connectors:
5 - 98
J9
Connects
backboard
9-pin RS-232 (COM2)
Not used (MDM-F-20
Unit)
RJ-11 modem port (COM2)
Remote connector on
serial
interface
(MDM-F-20 Unit
9-pin RS-232 (COM1)
Local Serial connector
on main ETU for direct
to
the
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
connection
5.10.6 Installation Precautions
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static
electricity. Static discharge must be avoided when
handling ETUs. Always use the following precautions:
System Hardware Manual
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle an ETU.
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that the KSU is Off.
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
5 - 99
Issue 6
SECTION 6
OPTIONAL ETUS
Electra Elite
This section describes optional Electronic Telephone Units that provide
additional functions for an Electra Elite 48 system.
6.1
ACD(8)-U( ) ETU
6.1.1
Description
The ACD(8)-U( ) ETU interfaces the Elite ACD Plus Server
to the Electra Elite KSU.
Elite ACD Plus provides
Windows-based software programs to enhance the ACD
features of the Electra Elite Key Telephone System.
COM
1
Figure 5-56 ACD(8)-U( ) ETU
6.1.2
Installation
Only one ACD(8)-U( ) can be installed in slots S2~S7. Slot
S6 is recommended.
5 - 100
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.1.3
LED Indications
Table 5-49 ACD(8)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
LIVE
ETU status
Receiving power
Not Used
No Power
CH1
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH2
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH3
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH4
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH5
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH6
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH7
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
CH8
Port status
Busy
Not Used
Idle/Not used
MB
MB Switch status
ON
Not Used
OFF
BIOS
BIOS Error status
BIOS Error
Not Used
No error
BCLR
Application status
Red DOS started
(ACD not ready)
Green ACD running
Not Used
Idle
If BCLR LED is orange, check error type on console screen. After error is corrected, LED
automatically changes to green. Do Not connect link between console and ETU until BCLR
turns green during booting.
HD
Compact Flash status
Not Used
Compact Flash
active **
Compact Flash
inactive
Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing.
6.1.4
Connectors
The ACD(8)-U( ) ETU has the following connectors:
System Hardware Manual
J9
Connects to the backboard
9-pin RS-232(COM1)
Local Serial connector on
main
ETU
for
direct
connection.
5 - 101
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.1.5
Installation Precautions
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static
electricity. Static discharge must be avoided when
handling ETUs. Always use the following precautions:
5 - 102
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the ETU.
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that Make Busy switch
is Off.
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.2
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
6.2.1
Description
The BSU(2)-U( ) ETU provides the connection for Zone
Transceivers.
Figure 5-57 BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
6.2.2
Installation
Up to three ETUs can be installed in slots S3~S6 in the
system.
6.2.3
Switch Settings
The default switch settings are shown in Table 5-50
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 103
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-50 BSU(2)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
SW1
Description
Momentary Switch
SW2-1
BSU ETU Reset
Description
Off
Reports BSU ID to Main S/W
(Master)
On
Does not report BSU ID to Main S/W
(Slave)
SW2-2
Description
Off
Boot by Flash memory (Default)
On
Boot from EPROM (IC30)
SW2-3
Description
Off
Normal Operation (Default)
On
Test Mode
SW2-4
Description
Off
Watch Dog Timer On (Default)
On
Watch Dog Timer Off
Pressing SW1 interrupts all Wireless users
connected to the BSU(2)-U( )ETU. Use this
switch only as a last resort.
5 - 104
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.2.4
LED Indications
Table 5-51 BSU(2)-U( ) ETU LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
1
Link Status for ZT1
Layer 1: Up
Layer 2: Up
Layer 1: Up
Layer 2: Down
Layer 1: Down
Layer 2: Down
2
Link Status for ZT2
Layer 1: Up
Layer 2: Up
Layer 1: Up
Layer 2: Down
Layer 1: Down
Layer 2: Down
3
Not used
Always Off
5
Status for ZT1
Refer to Table 5-52 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6
6
Status for ZT2
7
Not used
4
Always Off
8
9
BSU Status
Alarm
Normal Operation
Not Operating
10
LIVE
Operation stopped
(Power still on)
Normal Operation
No Power
System Hardware Manual
5 - 105
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-52 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6
Lamp Off
Line is not Connected
Lamp On indications are shown below.
No Flicker (ZT is in standby)
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
Flash cycle is 0.1 seconds (Not Supported)
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
Flash cycle is 0.2 seconds. Remaining indications depend on the
number of PS connections.
1 PS connection
On
Lamp
Time (0.2s)
Off
2 PS connections
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
3 PS Connections (ZT is busy)
5 - 106
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.2.5
Connectors
The BSU(2)-U( ) ETU has the following connectors:
6.2.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN2
For future use
ZT II Connections
MDF
RJ-45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ZT II
RJ-45
ZT II
RJ-45
RJ-45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Figure 5-58 BSU(2)-U( ) ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 107
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.3
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
6.3.1
Description
The Common Channel Handler is an optional Interface ETU that
provides a common channel signal through the DTI-U30 ETU to a
K-CCIS network and controls the signaling between the KTS and
the CPU. Each CCH ETU supports four K-CCIS links.
Only one CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in each system.
Figure 5-59 CCH(4)-U10 ETU
6.3.2
Installation
The CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed in slots S2~S7 in the
Elite 48 KSU. Only one CCH(4)-U( ) ETU can be installed
in a system.
5 - 108
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.3.3
Switch Settings
Default switch settings are shown in the following table.
Table 5-53 CCH(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting/Description
SW1
Momentary Switch
Resets the CCH ETU. When this switch is pressed, all
K-CCIS users connected to the CCH ETU are interrupted.
Use this switch only after all other options have
failed.
SW2–1
Off:
On:
Normal Operation (Default)
Test Mode
SW2–2
Off:
On:
Boot from Flash Memory (Default)
Boot from E-PROM (IC30)
SW2–3
Off:
On:
Normal Operation (Default)
Test Mode
SW2–4
Off:
On:
Watch Dog Timer On (Default)
Watch Dog Timer Off
6.3.4
LED Indications
Table 5-54 CCH(4)-U( ) LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
1
Link status for CCH1
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
2
Link status for CCH2
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
3
Link status for CCH3
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
4
Link status for CCH4
Layer 2: Up
Not Used
Layer 2: Down
5
Link status for CCH1
Data sent/received
Not Used
Idle
6
Link status for CCH2
Data sent/received
Not Used
Idle
7
Link status for CCH3
Data sent/received
Not Used
Idle
8
Link status for CCH4
Data sent/received
Not Used
Idle
9
CCH status
Alarm
Normal Operation
Not Operating
10
(LIVE)
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power still on)
Normal Operation
No Power
System Hardware Manual
5 - 109
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.3.5
Connectors
The CCH(4)-U( ) ETU has two connectors:
6.3.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN2
Performs maintenance functions
Connections
There are no physical connections to the MDF for the CCH ETU.
5 - 110
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.4
ECR-U( ) ETU
6.4.1
Description
The ECR-U( ) ETU provides external relay control for Zone
Paging systems (3 relays), External Ringing control relays
(4 relays), Night Chime ringing control (1 relay), and two
general purpose relays.
There are two audio jacks. One provides the both-way
audio-for-paging system. The other provides a tone output
for External Tone Ringing and Night Chime.
External BGM
Source
Maximum power capacity
for RLYs 1~3 is 10 W.
Pin 2
Pin 1
External
Amplifier
CN 2 Connector
SPKR OUT
RLY 1
Zone A
RLY 2
Zone B
RLY 3
Zone Paging
Output from
MDF
Zone C
Pin 3
Pin 4
CN 2 Connector
SPKR OUT
CN 3
External
Paging
External
Amplifier
RCA
Jack
Figure 5-60 ECR-U( ) Block Diagram
System Hardware Manual
5 - 111
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.4.2
Installation
Install only one ECR-U( ) in slots S3~S6.
6.4.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on
Off
No Power
Busy LED indications are listed below.
6.4.4
Steady Red
Some Relays Busy
Off
All Relays Idle
Connectors
Refer to Table 5-55 Connector Descriptions (CN2) and
Figure 5-61 ECR-U( ) ETU.
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
CN2
Relay Contacts for Relays 11 and 12
CN3
Both-way Audio
External Paging
CN4
Audio output for Tone Ringer and Night
Chime
Connection
for
Table 5-55 Connector Descriptions (CN2)
Pin Number
Description
13~16
Not Used
12
11
Relay #1 General Purpose
10
9
Relay #0 General Purpose
5~8
Not Used
4
Zone Paging Audio Input
3
2
External Paging BGM input
1
5 - 112
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Refer to Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections for all other
ECR-U( ) cable connections.
Figure 5-61 ECR-U( ) ETU
6.4.5
System Hardware Manual
Specifications
Relays
All relays are rated 24 Vdc at
500 mA
External Tone
Output Power -10 dBm
Ringer/Night Chime Output Impedance 600Ω
External Paging
Output power -10 dBm
Output Impedance
600Ω
5 - 113
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.5
PBR( )-U( ) ETU
6.5.1
Description
The Pushbutton Receiver (PBR) ETU detects and
translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line
Telephones, modems, or facsimile machines. This ETU is
required if the four built-in MBD-U10 Unit PBR channels are
not enough to support all the PBR requirements of the
system, or the MBD-U10 Unit PBRs are dedicated to the
VRS(4)-U10 ETU.
Figure 5-62 PBR( )-U( ) ETU
5 - 114
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.5.2
Installation
Only one PBR( )-U( ) ETU can be installed in slots S2~S7
to provide four PBR circuits. Four circuits are built-in for a
total of eight PBR circuits.
6.5.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on)
Off
No Power
LED 1 indications are listed below.
6.5.4
On
Some circuit(s)
signaling
Off
All PBR(s) idle
receiving
DTMF
Connectors
The PBR( )-U( ) ETU has one connector:
System Hardware Manual
CN1
Connects to the backboard
5 - 115
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.6
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
6.6.1
Description
The Voice Recording Service ETU provides record/
playback of voice messages for the Automated Attendant,
Voice Prompt, and Delay Announcement features. The
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU must use the built-in PBR circuits on the
MBD-U10 Unit for Automated Attendant or DISA.
Each VRS(4)-U( ) ETU has four record/playback channels.
The maximum voice recording time for each channel is 240
seconds. The technician can select one of four message
lengths. The available message lengths and the maximum
number of messages that can be recorded are listed in the
following table.
Message Length
Maximum Number of
Recorded Messages
15 seconds
16
30 seconds
8
60 seconds
4
120 seconds
2
Figure 5-63 VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
5 - 116
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.6.2
Installation
Two VRS(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in slots S2~S7.
6.6.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-56 VRS(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-56 VRS(4)-U( ) ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch Settings
Function
SW1–1
SW1–2
SW1–3
Recording decibel
adjustment
Off
Off
Off
0 decibels (default)
On
Off
Off
1 decibel
Off
On
Off
2 decibels
On
On
Off
3 decibels
Off
Off
On
4 decibels
On
Off
On
5 decibels
Off
On
On
6 decibels
On
On
On
7 decibels
On
Record Gain
Off
Record Pad (default)
N/A
Test/Reset Switch
SW1-4
SW2
6.6.4
LED Indications
Table 5-57 VRS(4) LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
BSY 1
Channel 1 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
BSY 2
Channel 2 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
BSY 3
Channel 3 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
BSY 4
Channel 4 status
Busy
Not Used
Idle
LIVE
ETU status
Operation stopped
(Power On)
Normal operation
No Power
System Hardware Manual
5 - 117
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.6.5
Connectors
The VRS(4)-U( ) ETU has one connector:
6.6.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Pins
Two pins, SP1 and SP2, are located on the top right of the
VRS ETU. These short pins are for maintenance. Do not
change the factory default settings on these pins. Pins 2
and 3 are short-circuited.
5 - 118
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Chapter 6
Installing Electra Elite
Multiline Terminals
6th Tab
Installing Electra Elite
Multiline Terminals
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
MULTILINE TERMINALS
Chapter 6
The Electra Elite 48 system provides several different Multiline Terminals,
an Attendant Console, and several adapters that allow peripheral
equipment to be attached to the Multiline Terminals. With the exception of
the VDD-U Unit, the adapters can also be used with Dterm Series E
Multiline Terminals. This chapter describes each terminal, console, and
adapter and provides applicable installation instructions.
2.1
DTP-2DT-1 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has two programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, headset connection, and a Large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages.
Optional adapters cannot be installed in this terminal.
A maximum of 31 DTP-2DT-1 TELs can be installed in the Electra
Elite 48 system.
Figure 6-1 DTP-2DT-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.2
DTU-8-1 TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has eight programmable
line keys (each with a 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls
and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U,
CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
The DTP-8-1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48
system.
A maximum of 31 DTU/DTP-8-1 terminals can be installed in the
Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 6-2 DTU-8-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
6-2
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.3
DTU-8D-2 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys
(each with the 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, headset jack, a Large LED to indicate incoming
calls and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U,
CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
The DTP-8D-1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48
system.
A maximum of 32 DTU-8D-2/DTP-8D-1 terminals can be installed
in the Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 6-3 DTU-8D-2 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.4
DTU-16-1 TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line
keys (each with a 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls
and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U,
CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
The DTP-16-1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48
system.
A maximum of 31 DTU/DTP-16-1 terminals can be installed in an
Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 6-4 DTU-16-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
6-4
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.5
DTU-16D-2 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each
with a 2-color LED), eight function keys, a built-in speakerphone,
headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
The DTP-16D-1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48
system.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
A maximum of 32 DTU-16D-2/DTP-16D-1 terminals can be
installed in an Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 6-5 DTU-16D-2 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.6
DTU-32-1 TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line
keys (each with a 2-color LED), 16 one-touch keys, eight function
keys, a built-in speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages, and compatibility with
ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or
VDD-U Unit.
System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can
have 24 programmable line keys and eight one-touch keys.
The DTP-32-1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48
system.
A maximum of 31 DTU/DTP-32-1 terminals can be installed in an
Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 6-6 DTU-32-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
6-6
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.7
DTU-32D-2 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each
with a 2-color LED), 16 one-touch keys, eight function keys, a builtin speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming
calls and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U,
CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, or VDD-U Unit.
This terminal is also equipped with a 3-line, 24-character,
adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can
have 24 programmable line keys and eight one-touch keys.
The DTP-32D-1 TEL can also be used with the Electra Elite 48
system.
A maximum of 32 DTU-32D-2/DTP-32D-1 terminals can be
installed in an Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 6-7 DTU-32D-2 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.8
DCU-60-1 CONSOLE
The Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys (each with
a 2-color LED) that can be programmed as Direct Station Selection
keys, function keys, or as outside line keys. An external power
supply (AC adapter) is provided with the Attendant Console.
A maximum of four DCU-60-1 Consoles can be installed in an
Electra Elite 48 system. An Attendant Position can have four
DCU-60-1 Consoles associated with it.
Figure 6-8 DCU-60-1 Console
6-8
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
SECTION 3
SINGLE LINE
TELEPHONES
Issue 6
3.1
DTP-1-1 or DTP-1-2 TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a Flash
key, redial key, 3-level receive volume control, 2-level ring volume
control, data jack, and message waiting lamp. Each terminal
requires an SLT(1)-U( ) ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU.
A maximum of 24 DTP-1-1 or DTP-1-2 TELs can be installed in an
Electra Elite 48 system.
Figure 6-9 DTP-1-1 TEL Single Line Telephone
System Hardware Manual
The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be
used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise hearing damage
may occur. This telephone complies with HAC (Hearing Aid
Compatible) volume control defined by section 68.317 of the FCC
Rules and Regulations, 1996 edition.
The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be
used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise hearing damage
may occur. This telephone complies with HAC (Hearing Aid
Compatible) volume control defined by section 68.317 of the FCC
Rules and Regulations, 1996 edition.
6-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.2
DTP-1HM-1 or DTP-1HM-2 TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash
key, redial key, 3-level receive volume control, 2-level ring volume
control, data jack, message waiting lamp, and eight programmable
Feature Access/Speed Dial keys. Each terminal requires an
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU.
A maximum of 24 DTP-1HM-1 or DTP-1HM-2 TELs can be
installed in an Electra Elite 48 system.
Figure 6-10 DTP-1HM-1(WH) TEL Single Line Telephone
6 - 10
The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be
used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise hearing damage
may occur. This telephone complies with HAC (Hearing Aid
Compatible) volume control defined by section 68.317 of the FCC
Rules and Regulations, 1996 edition.
The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be
used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise hearing damage
may occur. This telephone complies with HAC (Hearing Aid
Compatible) volume control defined by section 68.317 of the FCC
Rules and Regulations, 1996 edition.
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
SECTION 4
CONNECTING A DTU/
DTP TERMINAL TO THE
SYSTEM
Issue 6
These instructions for connecting a Multiline Terminal to the system
apply to all of the Electra Elite Multiline Terminals.
1.
Plug the telephone cord in the modular jack on the bottom
side of the Multiline Terminal. The handset is also attached
to the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-11 Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System
2.
Lead the telephone and handset cords through the
appropriate grooves.
Figure 6-12 Leading Line Cords on a Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 11
Issue 6
SECTION 5
CONNECTING DCU
ATTENDANT CONSOLE
TO A MULTILINE
TERMINAL
Electra Elite
An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the
following procedures.
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down.
2.
Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console, attach
the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console.
3.
Connect the line cord and the AC adapter to the indicated locations
on the bottom of the Attendant Console.
Line Cord Jack
AC Adapter Plug
Figure 6-13 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter when Installing a
DCU Attendant Console
4.
When the Attendant Console and the Multiline Terminal are properly
connected, they sit side-by-side as shown in Figure 6-14 DCU
Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal.
Ensure that the AC adapter, supplied with the Attendant Console, is
used. Using a different AC adapter may cause problems. Check that
the supplied voltage matches that of the adapter and plug it in an
outlet.
6 - 12
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 6-14 DCU Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal
SECTION 6
ADJUSTING THE DTU/
DTP LCD
Electra Elite display Multiline Terminals have an adjustable Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD). The LCD can be adjusted by pushing downward or upward
as desired.
Figure 6-15 Adjusting the DTU/DTP LCD
System Hardware Manual
6 - 13
Issue 6
SECTION 7
INSTALLING DTU/DTP
LINE CARDS AND
PLASTIC PANELS
Electra Elite
7.1
Line Card and Plastic Panel Installation
Line key designations are entered on the Line Card that is then
placed on the Multiline Terminal to provide a quick reference of key
designations. The Line Card can be changed as necessary. The
Plastic Panel is placed on top of the Line Card to hold it in place.
1.
Place the Line Card over the keys on the Multiline Terminal.
2.
Place the tabs on the bottom of the plastic panel in the
grooves at the terminal bottom, and press top right and left
ends to secure plastic panel to the Multiline Terminal. Refer to
Figure 6-16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on DTU/
DTP Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on DTU/DTP
Multiline Terminal
6 - 14
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 6-17 Installing Plastic Panel on a DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal
7.2
Plastic Panel Removal
Lift the right corner, raise the panel, and slide the bottom away from
the Multiline Terminal.
Never
pull theSW2
bottom
of the plastic
paneland
to
Pressing
interrupts
all service
remove
it; athesecond
plastic initialization.
panel could This
be
causes
damaged.
switch should not be used in an
System Hardware Manual
6 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 6-18 Removing the Plastic Panel from the Multiline Terminal
3.
6 - 16
Install the plastic panel again.
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
SECTION 8
REMOVING DTU/DTP
SOFTKEYS
Issue 6
If softkeys are not used on the Multiline Terminal, remove them as follows:
1.
Pull the softkey plate upward as shown in Figure 6-19 Removing
DTU/DTP Softkeys.
Figure 6-19 Removing DTU/DTP Softkeys
2.
System Hardware Manual
Install the plastic panel again.
6 - 17
Issue 6
SECTION 9
ADJUSTING DTU/DTP
MULTILINE TERMINAL
HEIGHT
Electra Elite
The base plate on Electra Elite Multiline Terminals is hinged. The
bottom part can be adjusted to raise or lower the height of the
terminal.
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal upside down and locate the tabs
as shown in Figure 6-20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the
DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the DTU/DTP
Multiline Terminal
2.
Push the adjustment tabs and raise the base plate until it
locks.
Figure 6-21 Raising the Base Plate on the DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal
6 - 18
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.
The length of the cord can be adjusted by pulling the line cord
though the groove in the bottom of the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-22 Adjusting the DTU/DTP Line Cord Length
4.
To lower the base plate on the Multiline Terminal, push on the
adjustment tabs and push the base plate downward.
Tab
Figure 6-23 Lowering the Base Plate on the DTU/DTP Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
SECTION 10
INSTALLING A Dterm®
CORDLESS LITE OR
Dterm® CORDLESS II
TERMINAL
10.1
Selecting an Installation Location
Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity. The base
unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120
Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal. Keep the base unit and the
handset away from sources of electrical noise (e.g. fluorescent
lighting).
Figure 6-24 Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal
6 - 20
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 6-25 Dterm Cordless II
10.2
Connecting the Telephone Cords
The Dterm Cordless Lite or Cordless II terminal is connected to the
telephone line and to the host telephone using two telephone line
jacks on the back of the Base Unit: LINE IN and LINE OUT.
Observe the
installation.
System Hardware Manual
following
warnings
during
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line has been disconnected at the network
interface.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
1.
Unplug the telephone line cord from the host telephone, and
connect it to the LINE IN jack.
6 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.
10.3
Using the telephone line cord supplied with the Dterm
Cordless or Cordless II Terminal, connect the LINE OUT jack
to the host telephone jack.
Applying Power to the Base Unit
1.
Plug the AC Adapter cord into the AC Adapter input jack on
the Base Unit.
Use only the AC Adapter supplied with the Dterm
Cordless or Cordless II Terminal.
2.
Plug the AC Adapter into a standard 120 Vac wall outlet.
3.
Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or
where it could become chafed and create a fire or other
electrical hazards.
The AC Adapter furnished with this phone should be
equipped with a polarized line plug (a plug having one blade
wider than the other). This plug fits into the power outlet only
one way. When you cannot insert the plug fully into the outlet,
reverse the plug. When the plug still does not fit, contact your
facilities coordinator about replacing the obsolete plug. Do
not alter the shape of the blades of the polarized plug.
Line IN from
Telephone Jack
Line OUT to Host
Figure 6-26 Connecting the Base Unit
6 - 22
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
SECTION 11
INSTALLING Dterm®
HANDSET CORDLESS
TERMINAL
11.1
Selecting an Installation Location
Select a location for the DTP-16HC-1 TEL to avoid excessive heat
or humidity. The base unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop
near a standard 120 Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone
line connection on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal. Keep the
base unit and the handset away from sources of electrical noise
(e.g., fluorescent lighting).
11.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord
The Base Unit of the DTP-16HC-1 Tel has two jacks on the back:
LINE and DC24V.
Observe the
installation.
following
warnings
during
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line has been disconnected at the network
interface.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Using the telephone line cord supplied with the terminal, connect
the LINE jack to the telephone line.
System Hardware Manual
6 - 23
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 6-27 Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal
11.3
6 - 24
Applying Power to the Base Unit
1.
Power to charge the battery is supplied from the Telephone
line.
2.
An ACA-U Unit must be installed in the optional DC24V jack
on the Base Unit to provide power for the Dterm Handset
Cordless terminal.
3.
Plug the ACA-U Unit into a standard 120 Vac wall outlet.
4.
The power level between the Handset and the Base is
10mW.
5.
When the ACA-U Unit is used, route the power cord where it
does not create a trip hazard or where it could become
chafed and create a fire or electrical hazard.
6.
An ACA-U Unit is required for this terminal to operate
properly.
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
SECTION 12
INSTALLING A Dterm®
ANALOG CORDLESS
TERMINAL
12.1
Selecting an Installation Location
Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity. The base
unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120
Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal. Keep the base unit and the
handset away from sources of electrical noise (e.g. fluorescent
lighting).
Figure 6-28 Dterm Analog Cordless Terminal
12.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord
The DTR-1R-1 Dterm Analog Cordless terminal is connected to an
analog port on the KSU using an SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) or OPX(2)-U( )
ETU, SLT(1)-U( ) ADP, or APR-U Unit connected to the multiline
terminal. A TEL LINE jack is located on back of the base unit of the
Dterm Analog Cordless terminal.
Observe the
installation.
System Hardware Manual
following
warnings
during
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
6 - 25
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line has been disconnected at the network
interface.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Using the telephone line cord supplied with the Dterm Analog
Cordless terminal, connect the TEL LINE to the telephone line.
12.3
Applying Power to the Base Unit
1.
Plug the AC Adapter connector in the DC IN 9V jack.
2.
Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard
or where it could become chafed and create a fire or other
electrical hazards.
3.
Plug the AC Adapter in a standard 120 Vac wall outlet.
6 - 26
The AC Adapter furnished with this phone should be
equipped with a polarized line plug (one blade is wider than
the other). This plug fits into the power outlet only one way.
When you cannot insert the plug fully into the outlet, reverse
the plug. When the plug still does not fit, contact your
facilities coordinator about replacing the obsolete plug. Do
not alter the shape of the blades of the polarized plug.
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
SECTION 13
Dterm® PS II
13.1
Description
This terminal has wireless communication with a Zone Transceiver
(ZT II) that is directly connected to the system. Refer to Figure 6-29
Dterm PS II Wireless Terminal.
Figure 6-29 Dterm PS II Wireless Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 27
Issue 6
SECTION 14
WALL MOUNTING THE
DTP-1-1 OR DTP-1-2
TEL AND DTP-1HM-1
OR DTP-1HM-2 TEL
Electra Elite
14.1
DTP Hanger Hook
1.
Remove the hook from the unit.
Figure 6-30 Removing the DTP Hook
2.
Turn the hook with the tab toward the top.
Figure 6-31 Turning the Hook Over
6 - 28
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.
Slide the hook on its glides back down into position forming
the hanger hook for the handset.
Figure 6-32 Sliding the Hook into Position
14.2
Using a Modular Wall Plate Installed
1.
Unscrew the three screws on the unit to remove the plate.
Figure 6-33 Removing the Screws
System Hardware Manual
6 - 29
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.
Replace the plate and screw in the two positions. (One
remaining screw can be screwed at the original third
position.)
Figure 6-34 Replacing the Plate and Screw
3.
Loosen the screws on the wall phone plate to protrude a bit.
Figure 6-35 Protruding Screws
6 - 30
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.
Install the telephone on the protruding screws on the plate.
Figure 6-36 Mounting the Telephone
System Hardware Manual
6 - 31
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
6 - 32
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Chapter 7
Installing Optional
Equipment
7th Tab
Installing Optional
Equipment
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Chapter 7
Optional equipment enhances the Electra Elite 48 system. This equipment
can be purchased separately from the system and added as the customer
business grows. All adapters can be installed on the Electra Elite Multiline
Terminals. With the exception of the VDD-U Unit, the adapters can also be
used with Dterm Series E Multiline Terminals except for DTP-2DT-1. Only
the ACA-U Unit adapter can be used on the DTP-16HC-1 TEL.
A Multiline Terminal can have up to three adapters installed at the same
time. If attaching an APR-U Unit, CTA-U Unit, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U,
HFU-U or VDD-U Unit, an external power supply is required. Only one
power supply is needed even if more than one adapter is installed.
When an adapter is installed for the first time into a telephone, the base
cover on the Multiline Terminal may have to be modified. The base cover
has two access panels that are removed before the cover can be closed
over the adapters to complete the installation.
SECTION 2
PREPARING MULTILINE
TERMINAL FOR
ADAPTER
INSTALLATION
System Hardware Manual
To prepare the Multiline Terminal for adapter installation:
1.
Unplug the telephone cord from the terminal.
2.
Turn the terminal upside down. Push the tabs indicated in Figure 7-1
Raising the Base Plate, and raise the inner area of the base plate.
7-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-1 Raising the Base Plate
3.
Insert flat head screwdriver into A in Figure 7-2 Unlocking Tab and
press straight down until tab unlocks.
Figure 7-2 Unlocking Tab
7-2
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.
Lightly press right side of leg, shown as B, in Figure 7-3 Releasing
Right Tab, insert flat head screwdriver at C, and press straight down
until other tab unlocks.
Figure 7-3 Releasing Right Tab
5.
Open and remove bottom cover by rotating counterclockwise as
shown in Figure 7-4 Removing Bottom Cover.
Figure 7-4 Removing Bottom Cover
System Hardware Manual
7-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.
When an adapter is being installed, press tabs A and B to remove the
dummy end from the base plate as shown in Figure 7-5 Removing
Base Plate Dummy End.
Figure 7-5 Removing Base Plate Dummy End
7.
Cut the dummy end in half as shown in Figure 7-6 Cutting Dummy
End in Half.
Figure 7-6 Cutting Dummy End in Half
8.
7-4
When an Adapter is installed in connector 1 as shown in Figure 7-7
Installing Adapter in Connector 1, install dummy end B as shown in
Figure 7-8 Installing Dummy End B.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-7 Installing Adapter in Connector 1
Figure 7-8 Installing Dummy End B
9.
System Hardware Manual
When an Adapter is installed in connector 2, install dummy end A in
the other slot.
7-5
Issue 6
SECTION 3
INSTALLATION
PROCEDURES
Electra Elite
3.1
ACA-U Unit (AC Adapter)
This unit provides power to ancillary devices, Attendant Consoles
or DTP-16HC-1 TELs. Except for the DTP-16HC-1 TEL, the
ACA-U Unit must be connected to an adapter that is installed on a
Multiline Terminal. If more than one adapter is installed on a
Multiline Terminal, only one ACA-U Unit is necessary.
The power requirements for the ACA-U Unit are:
Input: 120V AC, 60 Hz, 30W
Output: 24V DC, 750 mA
Polarity:
3.1.1
⊕
Connecting the ACA-U Unit
1.
Unplug the ACA-U Unit from the AC outlet. (Failing
to do this can damage the unit and/or the Multiline
Terminal.)
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation on page 7-1.
3.
Locate the AC Adapter plug on the ancillary device
that is connected to the bottom of the Multiline
Terminal and plug in the AC Adapter.
AC Adapter Plug
Figure 7-9 ACA-U Unit Connection
7-6
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.2
ADA-U Unit (Ancillary Device Adapter)
Ancillary Device Adapters allow connection of a tape recorder to all
DTP/DTU Multiline Terminals except for DTP-2DT-1 and
DTP-16HC-1.
When installing an ADA-U Unit, first connect the cables to the
ADA-U Unit, set the dip switches, and then install the ADA-U Unit
on the Multiline Terminal.
3.2.1
Installing an ADA-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal
1.
Unplug the telephone cord from the Multiline
Terminal.
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
3.
Press both sides of Base Cover to release latches,
lift base cover, and rotate it left to remove it.
4.
Plug the ADA-U Unit connector into the receptacle
connector on the back of the Multiline Terminal.
Snap the ADA-U Unit into the hooks on the Multiline
Terminal to secure it.
Figure 7-10 Attaching the ADA-U Unit to the Multiline
Terminal
5.
System Hardware Manual
Replace cover and base plate.
7-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.
Lead the audio cable out through the groove on the
base cover. Plug in the telephone cord.
Figure 7-11 Leading the Audio Cable out from the
ADA-U Unit
3.2.2
Connecting Cables to the ADA-U Unit
Cable terminal connectors are located on the right side of
the ADA-U Unit. Cables should be connected on this unit
before installing the unit on the Multiline Terminal.
Terminals
Figure 7-12 ADA-U Unit
7-8
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
1.
Cut off the plug on one end of the cable.
2.
Locate the adapter terminals on the right side of the
unit as illustrated in Figure 7-12 ADA-U Unit.
3.
Remove the cap on the adapter terminal to expose
the metal receptacle. Push the cable in the
applicable receptacle, and replace the cap. Line up
the slot on the cap with the slot on the metal
receptacle to ensure proper contact. Refer to Figure
7-13 Attaching Cables to the ADA-U Unit.
Figure 7-13 Attaching Cables to the ADA-U Unit
4.
Insulate the end of the cable that needs to be
shielded with insulating tape.
Table 7-1 ADA-U Cable Connections provides a list
of cable connections to ADA-U ADP terminals and
describes the specifications for the terminals.
System Hardware Manual
7-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 7-1 ADA-U Cable Connections
Terminal
Number
T1
T2
Cables to Connect
Terminal Specifications
When warning tone is not being sent from
the recorder, connect wire pair input from
tone generator to T1:T2. The warning
tones from the generator are sent to T1:T2
on a dedicated wire pair while the speech
path is sent from the ADA-U on T3:T4 over
a separate wire pair to the recorder.
Input Terminal:
T1 and T2 are enabled for tone generating device
when DIP switches 3 and 4 are OFF.
(When switches 3 and 4 are ON, a humming sound
may be recorded due to impedance mismatch.)
Input Impedance on T1 and T2: 100K Ω
Input Level on T1 and T2: –15 dB ~ 40 dB
T3:T4
Connect recorder device wire pair speech
input to T3:T4.
When the recorder used supplies a
warning tone, this tone may also be sent
over the T3:T4 wire pair back to the
terminal.
Input/Output Terminal:
Refer to dip switch settings in Table 7-2 ADA-U Unit
Switch Settings.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
When a Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
closed. When the Multiline Terminal goes off-hook
(using the handset, headset, or speakerphone), this
contact is open.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
open circuit, connect T5 and T6.
Connect the shielded end of the control
cable.
Provides common connection for control cable.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
When the Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
open. When the Multiline Terminal is busy (using
the handset, headset, or speakerphone), this
contact is closed.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
closed circuit, connect T6 and T7.
T5
T6
T7
7 - 10
T8
Unused
T9
Unused
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 7-1 ADA-U Cable Connections (Continued)
Notes:
When recording in handsfree (half-duplex) mode using the built-in speakerphone, the record warning
tone may not be audible to the far-end party.
The transmit recording level is lower than the receiving voice level for intercom calls; the transmit
recording level for CO calls is normal.
Depending on the recording device(s), separate cables may be required for the warning tone and
speech path. In this case, connect the warning tone cables to input terminals T1 and T2 on the ADA-U
Unit. (T3 and T4 are used as the tape recorder input.)
When remote control of the recorder is necessary, the record start/stop control is provided by
connecting to T5 (or T7) and T6 on the ADA-U Unit. (Connecting to T5 or T7 is determined by the
specifications of the recorder.)
When a warning Tone is provided from the recording equipment, it should be input via T3 and T4 on
ADA-U Unit. (Do not use T1 and T2 to input Beep Tone.)
Conversations cannot be recorded from terminals connected to an APR-U Unit. Speakerphone calls
through the HFU-U Unit cannot be recorded.
3.2.3
Switch Settings
The DIP Switch is located at the bottom center of the
ADA-U Unit. The DIP Switch allows a technician to
configure the board to specific settings. Figure 7-14
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings shows the default settings.
Terminals
Dip Switch
Default Settings
Figure 7-14 ADA-U Unit Switch Settings
System Hardware Manual
7 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
The following switch settings should be made on the
ADA-U Unit to enable or disable the record start warning
tone. Switch settings should be made before installing the
ADA-U Unit in the Multiline Terminal. Refer to Table 7-2
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings.
Table 7-2 ADA-U Unit Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1–1
Off
When the ADA-U provides
control to the recorder,
SW1-1 must be On.
SW1–2
Off
Leave Off
SW1–3
and
SW1-4
SW1–5
and
SW1–6
7 - 12
SW1–3
SW1–4
On
On
SW1–3
SW1–4
Off
Off
SW1–5
SW1–6
Off
On
SW1–5
SW1–6
On
Off
Warning
Tone
from
recording device over
same wire pair as speech
path.
Warning
Tone
from
recorder or generator
equipment on dedicated
wire pair to recorder MIC
input
Input impedance is 600 Ω
Input impedance is less
than 30Ω
SW1–7
On
When warning tone from
any device is sent to
telephone
SW1–8
Off
Leave Off
Do not connect T1 and T2 when switches SW1–3 and SW1-4
are ON.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.3
APA-U Unit (Analog Port Adapter)
The Analog Port Adapter without Ringer is the interface for
installing Single Line Telephones, Modems, Credit Card Readers,
Wireless Headsets, NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing
unit, and other compatible analog devices. The APA-U Unit does
not generate ringing signals. One user-adjustable switch with two
settings is provided on the adapter. Setting 1 allows impedance to
be set to 600Ω for devices such as modems. Setting 2 is used for
complex impedance devices such as a Single Line Telephone.
Figure 7-15 APA-U Unit
3.3.1
System Hardware Manual
Installing APA-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
2.
Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside the
base plate. Refer to Figure 7-16 Attaching the Unit
to the Multiline Terminal.
The APA-U Unit does not require an ACA-U Unit to
supply external power.
7 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-16 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal
3.3.2
3.
Close the base plate, and snap the cover in place.
4.
Install a ferrite core (provided with the APA-U Unit)
by looping line cord through the core between the
terminal (1 inch from the terminal) and ESI(8)-U( )
ETU. This core is only used with the APA-U Unit.
5.
Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the
telephone cord in the jack.
Switch Settings
The APA-U Unit has one switch.
Figure 7-17 APA-U Unit Switches
7 - 14
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Refer to Table 7-3 APA-U Unit Switch Settings for SW3.
Table 7-3 APA-U Unit Switch Settings for SW3
3.3.3
Switch
Description
SW3–1
Sets impedance to 600Ω for devices such as
modems or facsimile machines
SW3–2
Used for complex impedance devices such as
Single Line Telephones.
Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit
Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone
into the modular jack on the APA-U Unit. Refer to Figure
7-18 Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit.
Limit the cable length from the APA-U Unit to the Single
Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet.
Figure 7-18 Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.4
APR-U Unit (Analog Port Ringer)
The Analog Port Adapter with Ringing provides an interface for
installing Single Line Telephones, modems, NEC VoicePoint/
VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit, and other compatible analog
devices. The APR-U Unit also generates ringing signals. By
providing ring generation, the user can install a personal fax
machine or an answering machine for convenience. Two
user-adjustable switches are provided on the adapter; one allows
for 600Ω or a complex impedance interface to devices such as a
modem or Single Line Telephone, the second switch (SW1) is set
to position 2.
An AC Adapter is Required.
When a CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, VDD-U, or HFU-U Unit and
an APR-U Unit are both installed, only one AC Adapter is required.
ACA-U Unit
(AC Adapter)
Figure 7-19 APR-U Unit
3.4.1
7 - 16
Installing APR-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline Terminal
but DTP-2DT-1/DTP-16HC-1.
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
2.
Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside the
base plate. Refer to Figure 7-20 Attaching the Unit
to the Multiline Terminal.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-20 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal
3.
Plug the cord of the ACA-U Unit (AC adapter) into
the jack on the APR-U Unit. Lead the telephone cord
out through the groove in the base as shown in
Figure 7-21 Leading the Telephone Cord out from
the Unit.
Figure 7-21 Leading the Telephone Cord out from the
Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.
Close the base plate, lead the AC adapter cord out
through the hole, and snap the cover in place.
Figure 7-22 Closing the Base Plate Cover
3.4.2
5.
Install a ferrite core (provided with the APR-U Unit)
by looping line cord through the core between the
terminal (1 inch from the terminal) and ESI(8)-U10
ETU. This core is only used with the APR-U Unit.
6.
Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the
telephone cord in the jack.
Switch Settings
The APR-U Unit has two switches.
Figure 7-23 APR-U Unit Switches
7 - 18
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Refer to Table 7-4 APR-U Unit Switch Settings for SW1
and SW3.
Table 7-4 APR-U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SW3
Switch
3.4.3
Description
SW1–1
Do not use
SW1–2
A Single Line Telephone and Multiline
Terminal are used alternately.
(The Multiline Terminal and the APR-U Unit
share the same B1 channel.)
SW3–1
Sets impedance to 600Ω for devices such as
modems or facsimile machines
SW3–2
Used for complex impedance devices such as
Single Line Telephones.
Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit
Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone
into the modular jack on the APR-U Unit.
Limit the cable length from the APR-U Unit to the Single
Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet.
Figure 7-24 Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.5
CTA-U Unit (Computer Telephony Adapter)
Computer Telephony Adapter allows a DTP or DTU Multiline
Terminal connection to a PC. The PC can perform all Multiline
Terminal functions using a TAPI-compatible application software.
Figure 7-25 Attaching an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to a PC
The CTA-U Unit is attached to the bottom of any DTP/DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1.
ACA-U Unit (AC
Adapter)
Figure 7-26 CTA-U Unit
7 - 20
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.5.1
Installing the CTA-U Unit
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
2.
Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside the
base plate on the Multiline Terminal. Refer to Figure
7-27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 7-27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal
3.
System Hardware Manual
Close the base plate.
7 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.5.2
Connecting the Cables on the CTA-U Unit
Connect the RS-232C cable from the computer to the
connector on the CTA-U Unit as shown in Figure 7-28
Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the CTA-U Unit on the
Multiline Terminal.
Figure 7-28 Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the
CTA-U Unit on the Multiline Terminal
3.5.3
Installing the Driver on the PC
Using the setup disk provided with the CTA-U Unit install
the driver onto your PC. Refer to the CTA installation
Guide for instructions on installing CTA setup disks.
3.6
Computer Telephony Adapter with USB Interface
The CTU adapter connects to a PC USB port to provide telephony
and sound device control. The general functions include:
Telephony Control
The application is based on the Microsoft Telephony
Application Programming Interface (TAPI) and provides call
handling on the PC (e.g., call, answer, Hold, Transfer,
Conference, or Caller ID).
User Interface to support Dterm Emulation
This function provides the functions of Dterm such as normal
telephone indications, LCD, Line keys, or Hookswitch.
Sound Support
Allows voice recording and playing on an audio device
assigned to the PC. Voice Mail and Live Record are
supported on the PC.
7 - 22
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Plug and Play Support
Headset Operation
When CTU and TAPI are used to set data for TSP, the
headset button can be controlled by TSP.
USB Interface
This adapter uses Full Speed (12Mbps) as defined in the
USB Specification.
3.6.1
CTU(C)-U Unit Connections
This Computer Telephony adapter connects a Universal
Serial Bus to a Coreline port on the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
and can be connected to any DTP/DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1.
A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit.
The following connections are required:
AC Adapter
Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE
PC USB port
Coreline interface to VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU
LAN cable to PC
DC 24V (ADP)
USB Cable to PC
To VDH Port
To PC NIC Card
To DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
Figure 7-29 CTU(C)-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 23
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.6.2
CTU(S)-U Unit Connections
This Computer Telephony Application adapter connects a
Universal Serial Bus to an ESI(8)-U( ) ETU and can be
connected to any DTP/DTU Multiline Terminal except
DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1.
A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit.
The following connections are required:
AC Adapter
Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE
PC USB port
ESI port to ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
DC 24V (ADP)
USB Cable to
PC
To ESI Port
To DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
Figure 7-30 CTU(S)-U Unit
7 - 24
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.7
DBM(B)-U( ) Box and DBM(E)-U( ) Box Message Display
Boards
The DBM(B)-U( ) basic Message Display Board is connected to the
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU to provide a message waiting LED for voice
mailboxes of personnel without a normal telephone. Each board
has eight message waiting LEDs, and up to eight boards can be
installed in the Electra Elite 48 system to support 64 LEDs.
The DBM(E)-U( ) expansion Message Display Board has eight
message waiting LEDs and is connected to the DBM(B)-U( ) or
another expansion board. Each DBM(B)-U( ) basic board can
support up to five expansion boards and 40 additional LEDs.
The total number of LEDs is 384, but the Electra Elite 48 System
can only support up to 200 mailbox indications. Multiple locations
of the same mailbox are permitted. Refer to Figure 7-31
DBM(B)-U( ) and DBM(E)-U( ) Message Display Boards and Figure
7-32 Maximum Display Indications.
Figure 7-31 DBM(B)-U( ) and DBM(E)-U( ) Message Display Boards
System Hardware Manual
7 - 25
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-32 Maximum Display Indications
3.7.1
Connecting DBM(E)-U( ) Box to DBM(B)-U( ) Box or
Another DBM(E)-U( ) Box
1.
7 - 26
Use wire cutters to remove the cutout on right side
of DBM(B)/(E) cover. Refer to Figure 7-33
Removing Cutout. Place the provided edge
protector on the top of the cutout.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-33 Removing Cutout
2.
Remove display plate from DBM(B/E) and DBM(E),
and peel off the cover sheet on both.
3.
Insert protruding side of cable from the DBM(E) in
DBM(B) CN7 or in CN7 of the previous DBM(E).
4.
Slide the bracket on DBM(E) being installed into the
groves on DBM(B)/(E), and tighten the nuts and
bolts. Refer to Figure 7-34 Connecting the Bracket.
Figure 7-34 Connecting the Bracket
System Hardware Manual
7 - 27
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.
Ensure that the internal end of the cable is
connected to DBM(E) CN2.
6.
3.7.2
The second expansion board must have this
cable connected internally to DBM(E) CN3
and externally to the first DBM(E) CN7. The
third, fourth, and fifth expansion board cables
are connected externally to the previous
DBM(E) CN7 and internally to CN4, CN5, and
CN6 respectively.
After all expansion boards are connected, place the
white cover sheets back on the DBM(B)-U( ) and all
expansion boards, and install the display panels.
Wall Mounting DBM(B)-U( ) and Expansion Boards
1.
Refer to the template, and thread the included
screw into the wall at location for the top hole of the
DBM(B)-U( ) Box. Leave screw extended 1/8 inch.
Refer to Figure 7-35 Threading Screw into Wall.
Figure 7-35 Threading Screw into Wall
2.
7 - 28
Place hole for mounting over the screw, and Hang
the DBM(B)-U( ) on the screw. Refer to Figure 7-36
Hanging DBM(B)-U( ) on Screw.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-36 Hanging DBM(B)-U( ) on Screw
3.
Remove the display panel to access screws, and
thread the in place bottom screws on the outside
boards into the wall. Refer to Figure 7-37 Installing
Bottom Screws.
Figure 7-37 Installing Bottom Screws
System Hardware Manual
7 - 29
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.
Tighten the top screw on the DBM(B)-U( ) Box.
3.7.3
When four or five expansion boards are used,
install the bottom screw on the middle unit as well.
Connecting the DBM(B) to Power and ESI
1.
Refer to Figure 7-38 Connecting DBM(B)-U( ), and
Connect the provided AC Adapter to the
DBM(B)-U10.
Figure 7-38 Connecting DBM(B)-U( )
7 - 30
2.
Connect the line cable to the DBM(B)-U( ).
3.
Place the clamp around the cables, insert the clamp
screw, and attach clamp to the DBM(B)-U( ).
4.
Refer to Figure 7-39 Connecting DBM(B)-U( ) to ESI
Port, and connect the display board system to ESI.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-39 Connecting DBM(B)-U( ) to ESI Port
3.8
HFU-U Unit (Handsfree Unit)
The Handsfree Unit provides full-duplex handsfree communication.
Large areas may cause poor full-duplex operation. This unit comes
with the handsfree adapter and an external microphone. With the
terminal upside down, facing from the bottom of the open cover,
install this unit in Slot 1 of the telephone.
Figure 7-40 HFU-U Unit
3.8.1
Installing an HFU-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline
Terminal but DTP-2DT-1/DTP-16HC-1
Refer to 3.4.1 Installing APR-U Unit on any DTP/DTU
Multiline Terminal but DTP-2DT-1/DTP-16HC-1. The
instructions for installing these units are the same.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 31
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.8.2
Installing the External Microphone
An external microphone can be installed on the HFU-U
Unit. These instructions apply to the external microphone
obtained from NEC. This microphone is equipped with a
mute button.
Figure 7-41 Microphone with Mute
1.
Plug the microphone cord into the jack on the
HFU-U Unit as shown in Figure 7-42 Attaching a
Microphone to a Multiline Terminal.
The microphone should be at least one foot away
from the Multiline Terminal, but not more than three
feet.
Minimum 1
Foot from
Multiline
Terminal
Figure 7-42 Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline
Terminal
7 - 32
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.8.3
Switch Settings
The HFU-U Unit uses 2-position switches SW1 and SW2
on the HFU-U Unit.
Figure 7-43 HFU-U Unit Switches
Refer to Table 7-5 HFU-U Unit Switch Settings.
Table 7-5 HFU-U Unit Switch Settings
SW1
System Hardware Manual
SW2
Description
Position
1
Position
2
Position
1
Position
2
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Full Duplex (Default)
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Half Duplex (6db mix ratio)
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
Half Duplex (12db mix ratio)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Half Duplex (18db mix ratio)
Full Duplex: In some large areas or noisy locations half duplex should be
used. There are limits to the echo canceling ability of the HFU-U.
Half Duplex: When voice clipping occurs, use a lower decibel setting.
7 - 33
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.9
PCT( )-U( ) Unit (PC Telephony Board)
The NEC PC Board is a multifunction PC-AT add-in card with
telephone, sound system, fax, and modem abilities and combines
multimedia audio, Telephone Application Programming Interface
(TAPI), and a 33.6K fax/data modem. The board is available with/
without the built-in modem.
The PC Board replaces an NEC desk set as the primary telephone
device; the telephone line from the wall now plugs directly into the
PC board instead of the desk set. The desk set can be connected
to the PC board and used as an adjunct or auxiliary telephone. An
external microphone and external speakers can also be connected
to the PC Board.
The PC Board allows telephone operations with a headset or
microphone and has the following audio abilities:
Records audio from the calling or called party of a telephone
conversation
Records audio from both parties of a telephone conversation
Records audio (or music) from a microphone, line-level
device, or CD player
Plays live or recorded audio (or music) through an adjunct
telephone, handset or stereo speakers
The PC Board uses Computer Technology Integration (CTI)
technology through Microsoft Windows 95 or higher to support
speech and data transmission, allow a variety of attachment
devices, and support complex calling features such as conference
calls, call waiting, and voice mail.
The PC Board supports the following terminals:
Dterm Series III Multiline Terminals
Dterm Series E Multiline Terminals
Electra Professional Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
The NEC PC Telephony board can be installed on the ISA bus on
any IBM-compatible PC.
Refer to the PCT Installation Guide provided with the PCT( )-U for
installation instructions.
7 - 34
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.9.1
3.10
Connecting a MIC/Line-In
When using the microphone input (MIC), connect an
electric condenser microphone. Phantom power
(-2.2 Vdc) is supplied.
When using the line-level input (Line-In), connect to
a line-level device such as a CD or cassette player.
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP (Single Line Telephone)
The Single Line Telephone adapter provides an interface for Single
Line Telephones and other similar devices from an ESI ETU
channel. This adapter can be connected to any ESI port.
3.10.1
Connecting the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP to the System
1.
Connect one end of the RJ-11 to the ESI port on the
KSU and one end to the ESI jack on the SLT
Adapter.
2.
Connect one end of a second RJ-11 to the TEL jack
on the SLT Adapter and the other end to the Single
Line Telephone.
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
TEL
ESI
RJ-11
RJ-11
2-wire
2-wire
ESI
Figure 7-44 Connecting a Single Line Telephone to the
System using an SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
System Hardware Manual
7 - 35
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Modular Terminal
ESI ETU
GN
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
Y
3
T
R
To ESI
4
RD
BL
Base Cord
ESI Port
Modular Terminal Connections
Single Line Telephone Connections
Figure 7-45 Connecting the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
7 - 36
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.10.2
Wall Mounting the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
1.
Remove the two screws from the top to open the
SLT Adapter as shown in Figure 7-46 Removing the
Screws from the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP.
Figure 7-46 Removing the Screws from the
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
2.
Using the two provided wood screws, attach the unit
to the wall. Close the unit and secure with the two
screws that were previously removed.
Figure 7-47 Attaching the SLT(1)-U( ) ADP to the
Wall
System Hardware Manual
7 - 37
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.11
VDD-U Unit (Voice/Data Unit for Digital Terminals)
This unit provides the station and LAN split for digital terminals.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU Multiline
Terminal except DTP-2DT-1 and DTP-16HC-1 connected to a
VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU. It is used when LAN and telephone lines are
incorporated into one cable.
Figure 7-48 VDD-U Unit
3.11.1
Installing a VDD-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal
Refer to 3.5 CTA-U Unit (Computer Telephony Adapter).
The instructions for installing these units are the same.
3.11.2
Connecting Cables to the VDD-U Unit
1.
When the Multiline Terminal is already connected to
the ESI(8)-U( ) ETU, unplug the telephone cord.
2.
Plug the cable from the VDH2(8)-U( ) ETU and from
the PC LAN board into the modular jacks on the
VDD-U Unit. The jacks are labeled. Plug the cable
from the VDD-U Unit into the modular jack on the
Multiline Terminal.
Limit the cable length from the VDH to the PC via
the VDD to a maximum of 328 feet (100 meters).
7 - 38
When LAN cables are reversed on the VDD-U Unit,
the unit is not damaged, but the Multiline Terminal
does not operate.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
LAN
Cable to
VDH2(8)-U10
LAN
Cable to PC
Figure 7-49 Connecting the Cables on the VDD-U Unit
3.12
Wall Mounting
Any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal can be wall mounted by using
the base unit that comes with the Multiline Terminal or by using the
WMU-U Unit to accommodate adapters that are installed on the
Multiline Terminal.
3.12.1
System Hardware Manual
Removing and Remounting the Handset Hanger
1.
Remove the hanger by sliding it out of the slot.
2.
Install it back in its original position so that the
hanger protrudes providing a rest for the handset.
(This procedure applies when using either the base
unit or the WMU-U Unit.) Refer to Figure 7-50
Positioning the Handset Hanger for the steps for
removing and remounting the handset hanger.
7 - 39
Issue 6
Electra Elite
™
š
Figure 7-50 Positioning the Handset Hanger
3.12.2
Wall Mounting Using the Base Unit
1.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation, and perform Steps 1~5.
2.
Press both sides of the Base Cover, and turn it left to
remove it.
3.
Rotate base cover 180° and install it again on the
Multiline Terminal.
4.
Remove the shaded base plate knockout that is
shown on Figure 7-51 Removing the Knockout.
Figure 7-51 Removing the Knockout
7 - 40
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.
Assemble the base plate and base cover.
6.
As illustrated in Figure 7-52 Attaching the Base
Plate to the Wall, attach the base plate and base
cover assembly (wide end down) to the posts on the
locally provided and installed wall plate. Place
locally provided screws in the nodes on the base
plate and secure the assembly to the wall.
Nodes
Posts
Nodes
Figure 7-52 Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall
When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate,
put the modular jack inside the base unit as shown
in Figure 7-53 Wall Mounting Using a Modular Jack.
Use the locally provided screws to attach the base
unit directly to the wall.
Figure 7-53 Wall Mounting Using a Modular Jack
System Hardware Manual
7 - 41
Issue 6
Electra Elite
7.
Plug the line cord into the jack on the wall plate,
wrap the extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap,
and lead the line cord out through the groove in the
side of the base unit.
Figure 7-54 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Wall
Jack
When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate,
plug the line cord into the modular jack, wrap the
extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap, and lead the
line cord out through the groove in the side of the
base unit.
Figure 7-55 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Modular
Jack
7 - 42
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
8.
With the base plate and base cover assembly
attached to the wall, hook the two bottom tabs on
the base cover into the tab slots on the base of the
Multiline Terminal.
Base Cover
Multiline
Terminal
Line Cord
Wall
Base
Tab
Tab Slots
Figure 7-56 Attaching the Bottom Tabs of the Multiline
Terminal to the Base Cover
9.
Push up on the Multiline Terminal and lock the top
tabs on the base cover into the tab slots on the base
of the Multiline Terminal. Turn terminal slightly
clockwise to interface with base cover. Figure 7-57
Attaching the Top Tabs of the Base to the Base
Cover shows how the Multiline Terminal is attached.
Tab Slots
Multiline
Terminal
Tabs
Line Cord
Wall
Base
Base Cover
Figure 7-57 Attaching the Top Tabs of the Base to the
Base Cover
System Hardware Manual
7 - 43
Issue 6
Electra Elite
10.
When properly installed, the wall-mounted Multiline
Terminal looks similar to the one shown in Figure
7-58 Installed Wall Mount Unit.
Figure 7-58 Installed Wall Mount Unit
3.12.3
Do not adjust the tilt panel after the Multiline
Terminal is mounted on the wall.
Installing the Wall Mount Unit and Mounting the Multiline
Terminal Using the WMU-U Unit
When installing any adapter unit, a separate WMU-U Unit
must be purchased to accommodate this unit.
7 - 44
1.
Remove the line cord, base plate and base cover
from the Multiline Terminal as shown in Section 2
Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation
in the previous section.
2.
Cut off the tabs on the adapter as shown in Figure
7-59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter
3.
Remove the tabs from the WMU-U Unit as shown in
Figure 7-60 Removing the Tabs from the WMU-U
Unit. (The tabs that are removed depends on the
Multiline Terminal type.)
Cut
Cut
Cut
Cut
Cut
DTP/DTU-8-1 TEL
DTP-8D-1/DTU-8D-2 TEL
DTP/DTU-16-1 TEL
DTP-16D-1/DTU-16D-2 TEL
DCU-60-1 CONSOLE
DTP/DTU-32-1 TEL
DTP-32D-1/DTU-32D-2 TEL
Figure 7-60 Removing the Tabs from the WMU-U Unit
4.
System Hardware Manual
Bundle the cord from the modular jack leaving about
eight inches. Use a tie wrap to secure the bundled
cord.
7 - 45
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.
Place the bundled line cord in the space between
the WMU-U Unit and the wall. Lead the line cord out
through the slits as shown in Figure 7-61 Leading
the Line Cord Out of the WMU-U Unit.
Figure 7-61 Leading the Line Cord Out of the
WMU-U Unit
6.
Attach the WMU-U Unit to the posts on the wall plate
(locally provided). Place locally provided screws in
the nodes on the WMU-U Unit and secure the
WMU-U Unit to the wall.
Nodes
Posts
Nodes
Figure 7-62 Attaching the Wall Mount Unit to the Wall
7 - 46
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
7.
Connect the line cord to the Multiline Terminal.
8.
With the WMU-U Unit attached to the wall, hook the
two bottom tabs on the WMU-U Mount Unit in the
tab slots on the Multiline Terminal. Then push the
two top tabs on the WMU-U Unit in the tab slots on
the Multiline Terminal. When the adapter has a
power supply, lead the AC adapter cord out through
the opening at the bottom of the Multiline Terminal.
Refer to Figure 7-63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal
to the WMU-U Unit.
WMU-U Unit
Multiline
Terminal
Adapter
Tab Slots
Wall
Figure 7-63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 47
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.12.4
Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover
To remove the Multiline Terminal from the base cover, lift
the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs, turn it slightly
counter clockwise to unlock lower tabs on base cover, and
remove it.
Figure 7-64 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base
Cover
3.12.5
Removing the Multiline Terminal from the WMU-U Unit
To remove the Multiline Terminal from the WMU-U Unit, lift
the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs and lower the
terminal from the WMU-U Unit.
7 - 48
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.13
Music on Hold
The Electra Elite 48 KSU allows a Music on Hold source to be
connected to the Electra Elite 48 system. Both internal and
external music sources can be used. When an internal music
source is used (digital music), external music on hold is not
available.
3.13.1
Connecting Audio Sources to the KSU
Connect the plug end to the MOH IN jack on the
MBD-U10 Unit in the KSU.
MOH
IN
Audio Shielded
Cable
Output
Voice Message or
any Music Source
Power
Terminal
Figure 7-65 Music Source Connections
3.14
Station Background Music
Station Background Music can be provided using an internal or an
external source. The same connection method used for Music on
Hold is used for Station Background Music.
3.15
External Page Output
Electra Elite 48 KSU pins 25 and 50 are used to connect a single
zone of paging. The ECR-U( ) ETU must be installed for External
Tone Ringer, Background music over External Speakers, External
Paging with more than one zone, or Night Chime. Refer to Figure
7-66 External Page Output.
For more information on the ECR-U( ) ETU, refer to Chapter 5,
Section 6.4 ECR-U( ) ETU.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 49
Issue 6
Electra Elite
MDF Cable Connections
AMPHENOL 2
Amplifier
Speakers
For
External Paging
PIN 50
PIN 25
Figure 7-66 External Page Output
3.16 Connecting a KSU to a Personal Computer
To use Least Cost Routing (LCR), and PC Programming,
specialized software must installed in the user PC and the PC must
be connected via a serial port to the KSU.
3.16.1
Connecting the PC to the KSU
Using RS-232C straight cable, connect the PC to the
COM1 port on the KSU MBD-U10 Unit. Refer to Figure
7-67 Connecting a PC to the KSU.
The functions and the communication port connections
are:
Function
7 - 50
Port
PC Programming
COM 1
Wireless Programming
COM 1
Least Cost Routing (LCR)
COM 1
Station Message Detail
Recording (SMDR)
COM 2
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Serial-port characteristics include:
Characteristic
Baud Rate
Parity
Value
38.4 K
(maximum)
None
Stop Bit
1 stop bit
Data Bit
8 bits
Port Type
DCE
Figure 7-67 Connecting a PC to the KSU
3.16.2
Connecting the Printer to the KSU
When using the charge control ability, connect the printer
to the KSU to allow the printing of the charge data.
Connect the printer to the serial port on the side of the
KSU with an RS-232C straight cable. Use the COM 2 port
to connect the printer.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 51
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.16.3
Remote Programming Using the Built-in Modem (Modem
Kit Unit)
PC programming abilities include Remote Programming.
Connect the CO line to the modem extension number.
The following characteristics apply to the built-in modem.
Characteristic
Baud Rate
Parity
7 - 52
Value
28.8Kbps Max
None
Stop Bit
1
Data Bit
8
Installing Optional Equipment
Chapter 8
Installing Dterm Series i
Equipment
8th Tab
Installing Electra Elite IPK and
Dterm Series i Equipment
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
MULTILINE TERMINALS
Chapter 8
The Electra Elite 48 system supports the Electra Elite IPK and Dterm
Series i Multiline Terminals, an Attendant Console, and several adapters
that allow peripheral equipment to be attached to the Multiline Terminals.
This chapter describes each terminal, console, and adapter and provides
applicable installation instructions.
2.1
DTR-2DT-1 TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has two programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), nine function keys, a built-in
speakerphone, a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, and a data jack to connect analog SLT.
Optional adapters cannot be installed in this terminal.
A maximum of 31 DTR-2DT-1 TELs can be installed in the Electra
Elite 48 system.
Figure 8-1 DTR-2DT-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.2
DTH/DTR-8-1 TEL
The DTH (for Electra Elite IPK) or DTR (for Dterm Series i) digital
non-display Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), a built-in speakerphone, headset jack, a
large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages, and
compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R, AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID, and
a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail.
A maximum of 31 DTH/DTR-8-1 terminals can be installed in the
Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 8-2 DTH/DTR-8-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
8-2
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.3
DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
The DTH (for Electra Elite IPK) or DTR (for Dterm Series i) digital
Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys (each with the
2-color LED), a built-in speakerphone, headset jack, a Large LED
to indicate incoming calls and messages, and compatibility with
AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R, AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID, and
a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
A maximum of 32 DTH/DTR-8D-1 terminals can be installed in the
Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in the Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 8-3 DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.4
DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
The DTH (for Electra Elite IPK) or DTR (for Dterm Series i) digital
Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each with a 2color LED), a built-in speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages, and compatibility with
AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R, AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID, and
a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
A maximum of 32 DTH/DTR-16D-1 terminals can be installed in an
Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 8-4 DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
8-4
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.5
DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
The DTH (for Electra Elite IPK) or DTR (for Dterm Series i) digital
Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys (each with a 2color LED), 16 one-touch keys, a built-in speakerphone, headset
jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages, and
compatibility with AD(A)-R, AP(A)-R, AP(R)-R, or CT(A)-R Unit.
A Directory button is provided to perform scrolling for Caller ID, and
a Message button is provided to directly access voice mail.
This terminal also has a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD) and four softkeys.
System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can
have 24 programmable line keys and eight one-touch keys.
A maximum of 32 DTH/DTR-32D-1 terminals can be installed in an
Electra Elite 48 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 48 system is 32.
Figure 8-5 DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.6
DCR-60-1 CONSOLE
The Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys (each with
a 2-color LED) that can be programmed as Direct Station Selection
keys, function keys, or as outside line keys. An external power
supply (AC adapter) is provided with the Attendant Console.
A maximum of four DCR-60-1 Consoles can be installed in an
Electra Elite 48 system. An Attendant Position can have four
DCR-60-1 Consoles associated with it.
Figure 8-6 DCR-60-1 Console
8-6
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
SECTION 3
SINGLE LINE
TELEPHONES
Issue 6
3.1
DTR-1-1 TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a Flash
key, redial key, 6-level receive volume control, 4-level ring volume
control, 3-tone ring pitch, data jack, and message waiting lamp.
Each terminal requires an SLT(1)-U10 ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU.
A maximum of 24 DTR-1-1 TELs can be installed in an Electra Elite
48 system.
Figure 8-7 DTR-1-1 TEL Single Line Telephone
System Hardware Manual
The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be
used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise hearing damage
may occur. This telephone complies with HAC (Hearing Aid
Compatible) volume control defined by section 68.317 of the FCC
Rules and Regulations, 1996 edition.
8-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.2
DTR-1HM-1 TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash
key, Redial key, Speaker key, Hold key, 6-level receive and
speaker volume control, 4-level ring volume control, 3-tone ring
pitch, data jack, message waiting lamp, and eight programmable
Feature Access/Speed Dial keys. Each terminal requires an
SLT(1)-U10 ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU.
A maximum of 24 DTR-1HM-1 TELs can be installed in an Electra
Elite 48 system.
Figure 8-8 DTR-1HM-1 TEL Single Line Telephone
8-8
The H switch setting for the receive volume control should only be
used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise hearing damage
may occur. This telephone complies with HAC (Hearing Aid
Compatible) volume control defined by section 68.317 of the FCC
Rules and Regulations, 1996 edition.
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
SECTION 4
CONNECTING DTH/
DTR TO THE SYSTEM
Issue 6
To connect a DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal Multiline to the system
proceed as follows:
1.
Plug the telephone cord in the modular jack on the bottom
side of the Multiline Terminal. The handset is also attached
to the bottom side of the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 8-9 Connecting a DTH/DTR Terminal to the System
2.
Attach the telephone cord through the groove shown on
Figure 8-10 Leading Line Cord on a DTH/DTR Terminal.
Figure 8-10 Leading Line Cord on a DTH/DTR Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8-9
Issue 6
SECTION 5
CONNECTING DCR
ATTENDANT CONSOLE
TO A MULTILINE
TERMINAL
Electra Elite
An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the
following procedures.
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down.
2.
Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console, attach
the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console. Refer
to Figure 8-11 Joining DCR Console to a Terminal.
Figure 8-11 Joining DCR Console to a Terminal
8 - 10
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.
Connect the line cord and the AC adapter to the indicated locations
on the bottom of the Attendant Console. Refer to Figure 8-12
Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When Installing a DCR
Attendant Console.
Figure 8-12 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter When Installing a
DCR Attendant Console
4.
When the Attendant Console and the Multiline Terminal are properly
connected, they sit side-by-side as shown in Figure 8-13 DCR
Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal.
Figure 8-13 DCR Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
SECTION 6
ADJUSTING THE DTH/
DTR LCD
Ensure that the AC adapter, supplied with the Attendant
Console, is used. Using a different AC adapter may
cause problems. Check that the supplied voltage
matches that of the adapter and plug it in an outlet.
DTH/DTR display Multiline Terminals have an adjustable Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD). The LCD can be adjusted by pushing downward or upward
as desired.
Figure 8-14 Adjusting the DTH/DTR LCD
SECTION 7
INSTALLING DTH/
DTR LINE CARDS
AND PLASTIC
PANELS
Line key designations are entered on the Line Card that is then placed on
the Multiline Terminal to provide a quick reference of key designations.
The Line Card can be changed as necessary. The Plastic Panel is placed
on top of the Line Card to hold it in place.
1.
8 - 12
Remove the Line Panel. Refer to Figure 8-15 Removing the Line
Panel.
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 8-15 Removing the Line Panel
System Hardware Manual
8 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.
Place the Line Card over the keys on the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 8-16 Placing Line Card on the Line Panel
3.
8 - 14
Install the plastic panel over the line card and push the
corners of the Plastic panel until they click in place. Refer to
Figure 8-17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal.
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 8-17 Installing Plastic Panel on DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal
SECTION 8
ADJUSTING DTH/DTR
MULTILINE TERMINAL
HEIGHT
The base plate on DTH/DTR Multiline Terminals is hinged. The
bottom part can be adjusted to raise or lower the terminal height.
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal upside down, grasp as shown in
Figure 8-18 Raising DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal Height, and
pull up until the Base Cover latches click.
Figure 8-18 Raising DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal Height
System Hardware Manual
8 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.
To lower the Base Cover, press the indicated left and right
tabs inward and press down. Refer to Figure 8-19 Lowering
the Base Cover on the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 8-19 Lowering the Base Cover on the Multiline Terminal
8 - 16
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
SECTION 9
REMOVING OR
INSTALLING THE BASE
COVER
Issue 6
To remove the Base Cover proceed as follows:
1.
Extend the Base Cover.
2.
Press tabs shown on Figure 8-20 Removing Base Cover, and
slide the Base Cover in the arrow direction until it clicks.
Figure 8-20 Removing Base Cover
To install the Base Cover, place the four tabs in their applicable slots, and
pull the cover in the direction of the arrows until it clicks in place.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 8-21 Installing Base Cover
8 - 18
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
SECTION 10
INSTALLING
ABBREVIATED DIALING
TABLE
Issue 6
Assemble the abbreviated dialing table as shown in Figure 8-22
Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table.
Figure 8-22 Assembling the Abbreviated Dialing Table
System Hardware Manual
8 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Install abbreviated dialing table on the terminal as shown in Figure 8-23
Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal.
Figure 8-23 Installing Abbreviated Dialing Table on the Terminal
SECTION 11
WALL MOUNTING THE
DTH/DTR TELEPHONE
11.1 Hanger Hook
1.
Remove the hook from the unit.
Figure 8-24 Removing the Hook
8 - 20
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
Turn the hook with the tab toward the top.
3.
Slide the hook on its glides back down into position forming
the hanger hook for the handset.
Figure 8-25 Sliding the Hook into Position
11.2 Installing the Base Cover to the Wall
1.
Raise and remove the Base Cover. Refer to Section 9
Removing or Installing the Base Cover.
2.
Remove cutout shown in Figure 8-26 Removing Cutout with
nippers.
Figure 8-26 Removing Cutout
System Hardware Manual
8 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.
Plug line cord in the wall receptacle, leave about 8 inches of
cord and bundle the rest as shown in Figure 8-27 Bundling
Line Cord.
Figure 8-27 Bundling Line Cord
4.
Turn the Base Cover upside down, feed the line cord in the
cutout and attach it to the wall using 6 screws as shown in
Figure 8-28 Installing Base Cover.
Figure 8-28 Installing Base Cover
8 - 22
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.
Install the telephone over the four tabs on the Base Cover,
and push down until it clicks in place.
Figure 8-29 Installing the Telephone
6.
Install the Line cord as shown in Figure 8-30 Plugging in Line
Cord.
Figure 8-30 Plugging in Line Cord
System Hardware Manual
8 - 23
Issue 6
Electra Elite
7.
Push spare line cord behind the telephone as shown in
Figure 8-31 Hiding Excess Cord.
Figure 8-31 Hiding Excess Cord
8.
To remove the telephone, press the tabs at the bottom as
shown in Figure 8-32 Removing the Telephone, and push up
on the Telephone until it comes loose.
Figure 8-32 Removing the Telephone
8 - 24
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
11.3
Installing Base Cover on a Switch Box
1.
Install the Base Cover as shown in Figure 8-33 Installing
Base Cover on Switch Box.
Figure 8-33 Installing Base Cover on Switch Box
2.
Install Telephone.
Figure 8-34 Wall Installation Complete
System Hardware Manual
8 - 25
Issue 6
Electra Elite
11.4
Installing Telephone Using WM-R Unit
When adapters are used, the telephone must be installed on the wall using
the WM-R Unit.
1.
Attach WM-R Unit using 6 screws as shown in Figure 8-35
Installing WM-R Unit on the Wall. Place excess line cord in
the space in the back of the WM-R Unit.
Figure 8-35 Installing WM-R Unit on the Wall
8 - 26
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
Install the telephone as shown in Figure 8-36 Installing
Telephone on WM-R Unit.
Figure 8-36 Installing Telephone on WM-R Unit
SECTION 12
INSTALLING DTH/DTR
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
Optional equipment for the DTH/DTR Multiline Terminals enhances the
Electra Elite 48 system. This equipment can be purchased separately from
the system and added as the customer business grows.
DTH/DTR Multiline Terminals can have up to two adapters installed at the
same time.
When attaching an AP(R)-R Unit, an external power supply is required.
Only one power supply is needed even if more than one adapter is
installed.
System Hardware Manual
8 - 27
Issue 6
SECTION 13
PREPARING DTH/DTR
MULTILINE TERMINAL
FOR ADAPTER
INSTALLATION
Electra Elite
To prepare the DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal for adapter installation:
1.
Unplug the telephone cord from the terminal.
2.
Turn the terminal upside down.
3.
Grasp in the middle of the hollow spaces at the top and pull up until;
the retaining tabs click to raise the base plate. Refer to Figure 8-37
Raising the Base Plate.
Figure 8-37
8 - 28
Raising the Base Plate
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.
Press down on the tabs indicated in Figure 8-38 Removing the DTH/
DTR Base Plate, and push forward on the base plate to remove it.
Figure 8-38 Removing the DTH/DTR Base Plate
System Hardware Manual
8 - 29
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.
When an adapter is installed for the first time in a terminal, the base
cover on the Multiline Terminal must be modified. Two adapters can
be installed in the terminal, and two separate cutouts are provided.
Remove the applicable cutout/cutouts on the bottom of the base plate
with nippers. When only one adapter is being installed and it needs
an AC-R Unit for power, remove only the Right cutout as shown in
Figure 8-39 Modifying Base Cover.
Figure 8-39 Modifying Base Cover
8 - 30
6.
Turn the base plate with bottom down and release two tabs at the top
for each end cover (shown shaded) corresponding to applicable base
plate cutout/cutouts and remove the cover/covers.
7.
Remove the applicable dummy end/ends with nippers.
8.
When An AC-R Unit is required for power, remove the cutout on the
right side of the base plate (with the bottom facing up) to
accommodate the power adapter cord.
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
SECTION 14
INSTALLATION
PROCEDURES
Issue 6
14.1
AC-R Unit (AC Adapter)
This unit shown on Figure 8-40 AC-R Unit provides power to
ancillary devices or DTR Attendant Consoles. The AC-R Unit must
be connected to an adapter that is installed on a Multiline Terminal.
When more than one adapter is installed on a Multiline Terminal,
only one AC-R Unit is necessary.
Figure 8-40 AC-R Unit
The power requirements for the AC-R Unit are:
Input:
Output: 27V DC, 750 mA
Polarity:
14.1.1
System Hardware Manual
110~240V AC, 50/60 Hz, 45 VA
⊕
Connecting the AC-R Unit
1.
Unplug the AC-R Unit from the AC outlet. (Failing to
do this can damage the unit and/or the Multiline
Terminal.)
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal for Adapter Installation on page 8-28.
8 - 31
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.
The Plug Puller shown in Figure 8-40 AC-R Unit is a
hollow cylindrical sleeve with a post and a circular
rim on the base. The plug of the adapter is inserted
in this hole, and the sleeve is pulled over the back of
the plug to seat the post that can then be used to
unplug the adapter.
4.
Locate the plug on the ancillary device that is
connected to the bottom of the Multiline Terminal
and plug in the AC Adapter.
Figure 8-41 AC-R Unit Connection to Adapter
8 - 32
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
14.2
AD(A)-R Unit (Ancillary Device Adapter)
This Ancillary Device Adapter, shown on Figure 8-42 AD(A)-R Unit,
allows connection of a tape recorder to all DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminals except DTR-2DT-1 as shown on Figure 8-43 Connecting
DTH/DTR to Recorder.
Figure 8-42 AD(A)-R Unit
Figure 8-43 Connecting DTH/DTR to Recorder
System Hardware Manual
8 - 33
Issue 6
Electra Elite
14.2.1
Switch Settings and Wiring
1.
When voice calls are only recorded, Remove the
cover for the DSW Switch with nippers, and set the
switches as shown in Figure 8-44 AD(A)-R Switch
With Default Settings and wire between the AD(A)
and recorder as shown in Figure 8-46 DSW Switch
Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal.
2.
Table 8-1 AD(A)-R Unit Switch Settings provides a
breakdown of the DSW switch settings.
Table 8-1 AD(A)-R Unit Switch Settings
Switch
Default Setting
Description
DSW 1
Off
When
the
AD(A)-R
provides control to the
recorder, DSW 1 must be
On.
DSW 2
Off
Warning Tone from any
device is sent to terminal
when DSW 2 is On
To get a warning Tone
DSW 3
On
DSW 4
On
DSW 3
and
DSW 4
DSW 4
DSW 3
On
To get a warning Tone
from recorder or generator
equipment on dedicated
wire pair to recorder MIC
input, DSW 3 must be Off.
DSW 5
On
Must be Off for Debugging
DSW 6~ 8
Off
Must be On to Upgrade
Firmware
SW1
SW2
SW3
8 - 34
On
from recording device over
same wire pair as speech
path, both switches must
be Off.
SW1-1
SW2-1
Connect to Series i DTR.
SW1-2 selects
IP Phone-IRT
600 Ω Input Impedance
SW2-2 selects Complex
Impedance for SLTs
Not Installed
Do not connect T1 and T2 when DSW switches 3 and 4 are
On.
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
.
Figure 8-44 AD(A)-R Switch With Default Settings
Figure 8-45 AD(A) Connection for Recording Only
System Hardware Manual
8 - 35
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.
When sending recorded calls to the terminal, Set the
DSW Switch to settings shown in Figure 8-46 DSW
Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal
and connect wiring to recorder as shown in Figure
8-47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal.
Figure 8-46 DSW Switch Settings for Sending Voice Calls to Terminal
Figure 8-47 Connections for Sending Calls to The Terminal
14.2.2
Installing Core and Shielded Cable
1.
Remove the screw shown on Figure 8-48 Removing
Cover, and carefully open the AD(A)-R Unit.
Figure 8-48 Removing Cover
8 - 36
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
Insert cable into the AD(A)-R Unit terminal, fit a cap
(included with the Unit) over the cable and push to
anchor it as shown in Figure 8-49 Core Cable
Installation. The core cable should be inserted with
its cover. The shielded cable should be bundled
before inserting it in the terminal.
3.
Feed the installed cable out through the CN2
window as shown in Figure 8-50 Cable Access Port.
Figure 8-49 Core Cable Installation
Figure 8-50 Cable Access Port
System Hardware Manual
8 - 37
Issue 6
Electra Elite
14.2.3
Installing the AD(A)-R Unit on a DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal
1.
Unplug the telephone cord (and the AC-R Unit cord
if installed) from the Multiline Terminal.
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal for Adapter Installation.
3.
Plug the A and B tabs in adapter slots as shown on
Figure 8-51 Attaching the AD(A)-R Unit to the
Multiline Terminal, and press down on the adapter
until it clicks into place.
Figure 8-51 Attaching the AD(A)-R Unit to the Multiline Terminal
4.
14.2.4
Install the Base Cover and the line cord.
AD(A)-R Connections and Specifications
Table 8-2 AD(A)-R Cable Connections provides a cable
connections list and describes the specifications for the
AD(A)-R Unit.
8 - 38
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 8-2 AD(A)-R Cable Connections
Terminal
Number
T1
T2
Cables to Connect
Terminal Specifications
When warning tone is not being sent from
the recorder, connect wire pair input from
tone generator to T1:T2. The warning
tones from the generator are sent to T1:T2
on a dedicated wire pair while the speech
path is sent from the Input/Output
Terminal:
Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8-1
AD(A)-R Unit Switch Settings. on T3:T4
over a separate wire pair to the recorder.
Input Terminal:
T1 and T2 are enabled for tone generating device
when DSW switches 3 and 4 are OFF.
(When DSW switches 3 and 4 are ON, a humming
sound may be recorded due to impedance
mismatch.)
Input Impedance on T1 and T2: 100K Ω
Input Level on T1 and T2: –15 dB ~ 40 dB
T3:T4
Connect recorder device wire pair speech
input to T3:T4.
When the recorder used supplies a
warning tone, this tone may also be sent
over the T3:T4 wire pair back to the
terminal.
Input/Output Terminal:
Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8-1 AD(A)-R
Unit Switch Settings.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
When a Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
closed. When the Multiline Terminal goes off-hook
(using the handset, headset, or speakerphone), this
contact is open.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
open circuit, connect T5 and T6.
Connect the shielded end of the control
cable.
Provides common connection for control cable.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
When the Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
open. When the Multiline Terminal is busy (using
the handset, headset, or speakerphone), this
contact is closed.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
closed circuit, connect T6 and T7.
T5
T6
T7
T8
Unused
T9
Unused
REC
Jack
Connect recorder device wire pair speech
input to REC Jack.
When the recorder used supplies a
warning tone, this tone may also be sent
through the REC Jack wire pair back to the
terminal.
System Hardware Manual
Input/Output Terminal:
Refer to dip switch settings in Table 8-1 AD(A)-R
Unit Switch Settings.
8 - 39
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 8-2 AD(A)-R Cable Connections (Continued)
Notes:
When recording in handsfree (half-duplex) mode using the built-in speakerphone, the record warning
tone may not be audible to the far-end party.
The transmit recording level is lower than the receiving voice level for intercom calls; the transmit
recording level for CO calls is normal.
Depending on the recording device(s), separate cables may be required for the warning tone and
speech path. In this case, connect the warning tone cables to input terminals T1 and T2 on the AD(A)-R
Unit. (T3 and T4 are used as the tape recorder input.)
When remote control of the recorder is necessary, the record start/stop control is provided by
connecting to T5 (or T7) and T6 on the ADA-U Unit. (Connecting to T5 or T7 is determined by the
specifications of the recorder.)
When a warning Tone is provided from the recording equipment, it should be input via T3 and T4 on
AD(A)-R Unit. (Do not use T1 and T2 to input Beep Tone.)
Conversations cannot be recorded from terminals connected to an AP(R)-R Unit.
8 - 40
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
14.3
AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit (Port Adapter)
The Analog Port Adapter without Ringer AP(A) or Analog Port
Adapter with Ringer AP(R) is the interface for installing Single Line
Telephones, Modems, Credit Card Readers, Wireless Headsets,
NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit, and other
compatible analog devices. The AP(R)-R Unit generates ringing
signals and requires an AC-R Unit. Refer to Figure 8-52 AP(A)/
AP(R)-R Unit and Switches.
Refer to Figure 8-53 Typical
Connection for an example.
Figure 8-52 AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit and Switches
Figure 8-53 Typical Connection
System Hardware Manual
8 - 41
Issue 6
Electra Elite
14.3.1
Installing AP(A)-R or AP(R)-R Unit on any DTH/DTR
Multiline Terminal except DTR-2DT-1
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal for Adapter Installation.
2.
Set the SW1, SW3 and DSW switches to default
settings shown in Table 8-3 AP(A)-R/AP(R)-R Unit
Switch Settings. Use nippers to remove the cover
over the DSW switch.
Table 8-3 AP(A)-R/AP(R)-R Unit Switch Settings
Switch
Setting/Description
SW1-1
Connect to DTH/DTR (default)
SW1-2
IP Phone-IRT
SW3–1
Sets impedance to 600Ω for devices such as
modems or facsimile machines (default).
SW3–2
Used for complex impedance devices such as
Single Line Telephones.
DSW
8 - 42
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.
Hook tabs A and B in the slots on the Multiline
Terminal as shown in Figure 8-54 Attaching the
AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit to the DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal, and press down until the unit clicks into
place.
Figure 8-54 Attaching the AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit to the DTH/
DTR Multiline Terminal
4.
Close the base plate, and snap the cover in place.
5.
Install the ferrite core (provided with either Unit)
about 2 inches from the line cord plug as shown in
Figure 8-55 Installing Ferrite Core.
6.
Connect the line cord to the unit. Limit the cable
length from the AP(A)/AP(R)-R Unit to the Single
Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet.
Figure 8-55 Installing Ferrite Core
System Hardware Manual
8 - 43
Issue 6
Electra Elite
14.4
7.
For the AP(R)-R only, plug the AC adapter power
cord in the indicated AP(R)-R Unit receptacle and
connect it to a power source.
8.
Install the extended base plate.
CT(A)-R Unit (Computer Telephony Adapter)
Computer Telephony Adapter shown in Figure 8-56 CT(A)-R Unit
allows a DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal connection to a PC. The PC
can perform all Multiline Terminal functions using a
TAPI-compatible application software.
Figure 8-56 CT(A)-R Unit
14.4.1
Typical Connection using an ESI/ESIC
Refer to Figure 8-57 Typical Connection for ESI/ESIC.
8 - 44
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 8-57 Typical Connection for ESI/ESIC
14.4.2
Typical Connection using VDH ETU
Refer to Figure 8-58 Typical Connection Using VDH ETU.
Figure 8-58 Typical Connection Using VDH ETU
14.4.3
Installing the CT(A)-R Unit
1.
System Hardware Manual
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 13 Preparing DTH/DTR Multiline
Terminal for Adapter Installation.
8 - 45
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.
Set CT(A)-R Unit switches to default settings. Refer
to Table 8-4 CT(A)-R Unit Switch Settings.
Table 8-4 CT(A)-R Unit Switch Settings
Switch
Setting/Description
SW1
1 (default)
SW3–1
Sets impedance to 600Ω for devices such as
modems or facsimile machines.
SW3–2
Used for complex impedance devices such as
Single Line Telephones.
DSW
3.
Hook tabs A and B in the slots on the Multiline
Terminal as shown in Figure 8-59 Attaching the
CT(A)-R Unit to the DTH/DTR Multiline Terminal,
and press down until the unit clicks into place.
Figure 8-59 Attaching the CT(A)-R Unit to the DTH/DTR
Multiline Terminal
4.
8 - 46
Install the extended base cover.
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.
Install the line cord.
6.
Install the headset and anchor it in the cord slot as
shown in Figure 8-60 Installing and Anchoring
Headset.
Figure 8-60 Installing and Anchoring Headset
7.
Connect the RS-232C cable from the computer to
the connector on the CT(A)-R Unit as shown in
Figure 8-61 Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the
CT(A)-R Unit on the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 8-61 Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the
CT(A)-R Unit on the Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8 - 47
Issue 6
Electra Elite
14.4.4
Installing the Driver on the PC
Using the setup disk provided with the CT(A)-R Unit
install the driver onto your PC. Refer to the CT(A)
installation Guide for instructions on installing CT(A)
setup disks.
14.5
Removing or Installing BS(E)-R Key Unit
This unit can be removed as follows:
1.
Remove the Line Card and Line Panel from the Multiline
Terminal.
2.
Pull the tab on the right side of the key unit and lift out the unit
to the left as shown in Figure 8-62 Removing Key Unit.
Figure 8-62 Removing Key Unit
Install this unit as follows:
1.
8 - 48
Insert the two tabs on the left of the key unit in the slots as
shown in Figure 8-63 Installing Key Unit.
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 8-63 Installing Key Unit
System Hardware Manual
2.
Push the unit to the left and press down until it clicks into
place.
3.
Install the Line Card and Line Panel.
8 - 49
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
8 - 50
Installing Electra Elite IPK and Dterm Series i Equipment
Chapter 9
Installing Electra
Professional Equipment
9th Tab
Installing Electra
Professional Equipment
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
ELECTRA
PROFESSIONAL
MULTILINE TERMINALS
Chapter 9
Electra Professional Multiline Terminals can be installed on an Electra Elite
48 system providing inexpensive migration to the Electra Elite 48 system.
This chapter provides instructions for connecting these terminals to the
Electra Elite 48 system.
The following Electra Professional Multiline Terminals can be connected to
the Electra Elite 48 system.
ETW-8-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2 TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2 TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2 TEL
EDW-48-1/2 DSS/BLF
System Hardware Manual
9-1
Issue 6
SECTION 3
CONNECTING AN
ELECTRA
PROFESSIONAL
MULTILINE TERMINAL
TO THE ELECTRA
ELITE 48 SYSTEM
Electra Elite
3.1
Modular Terminal Connections
3.1.1
Connecting Multiline Terminals,
Consoles, and SLT Adapters
Attendant
Add-On
When connecting Electra Professional Multiline Terminals,
Attendant Add-On Consoles, or SLT Adapters to the MDF
or IDF, individually twisted 1-pair cabling must be used.
Refer to Figure 9-1 Modular Terminal Connections for
Multiline Terminals and Attendant Add-On Consoles for an
illustration of connections.
To
MDF
YL
BK
Station
Cable
Y
B
c f
Modular
Terminal
Figure 9-1 Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline
Terminals and Attendant Add-On Consoles
9-2
Installing Electra Professional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.2
Attach a Multiline Terminal to the System
1.
Plug a telephone cord into the modular jack on the bottom
side of the Multiline Terminal.
2.
Lead the cord out through the cord groove as shown in
Figure 9-2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite 48 System.
Figure 9-2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite 48 System
SECTION 4
INSTALLING
ANCILLARY DEVICE
ADAPTER IN THE
MULTILINE TERMINAL
System Hardware Manual
4.1
Ancillary Device Adapter Installation
The ADA(1)-W Unit or the ADA(2)-W Unit can be installed in any
Electra Professional multiline terminal in the system.
1.
Unplug the line and headset cords.
2.
Turn the multiline terminal upside down and place it on a dry
surface.
3.
Remove the knockout shown in Figure 9-3 Removing
Knockout.
9-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 9-3 Removing Knockout
4.
Plug the CN-1 connector on the adapter unit in the CN-4 jack
on the main board. Refer to Figure 9-4 Unit Installation.
Figure 9-4 Unit Installation
9-4
Installing Electra Professional Equipment
Electra Elite
SECTION 5
CONNECTING AN
ATTENDANT CONSOLE
TO A MULTILINE
TERMINAL
Issue 6
5.
Install the ADA component side down in the multiline terminal
using the provided screw.
6.
Connect external device (e.g., fax, modem, or answering
machine) using the information provided in ETIs.
7.
When installing ADA(2)-W Unit, plug the AC/DC adapter in
the jack on the side of the unit.
8.
Test multiline terminal operation, and then test external
device operation.
An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the
following procedures.
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down.
2.
Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console, attach
the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console.
Attendant
Console
Multiline
Terminal
Figure 9-5 Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
9-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
9-6
Installing Electra Professional Equipment
Chapter 10
System Maintenance
10th Tab
System Maintenance
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 10
This chapter can be used by the technician to troubleshoot and diagnose
problems during and after system installation. The troubleshooting flow
charts and general test procedures aid the technician to identify possible
causes of the problem by defining the problem area.
Using the System Data Upload/Download feature, all System
Programming and Speed Dial data can be stored on disk for safe keeping.
All completed System Programming should be downloaded to a disk for
backup. If system memory fails, the data on this disk can be uploaded to
restore memory.
SECTION 2
OPERATIONAL
CURRENT AND
VOLTAGE CHECKS
The effectiveness of this maintenance section depends on the technician.
The technician should not make any assumptions. For example, a new
power supply used to replace another power supply cannot be assumed to
be working properly. The output of the power supply must be checked with
a volt meter.
The ESI(8)-U10 ETU allows the measurement of +5V and –24V. This ETU
can be used for the power output measurements. Refer to Table 10-1
Voltage Measurement. Before the technician can troubleshoot, the correct
tools must be available. Some of these are listed below.
System Hardware Manual
Digital or Analog Multimeter that can read DC and AC current and
voltage and DC Resistance.
Test Set (lineman) that has termination and monitor modes and
DTMF and DP dialing.
10 - 1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
SECTION 3
OPERATIONAL TEST
PROCEDURES
3.1
Hand tools such as:
•
Screwdrivers (flat and Phillips head)
•
Pliers (long nose and diagonal)
•
Punch down tool
General Information
When an Electra Elite 48 system is first powered up, an initialization
is performed. During this process, the MBD-U10 Unit, located on
the backplane of the B48-U10 KSU, scans each interface slot to
determine the hardware configuration used. This information is
stored in the resident system program memory with the system
default values. This section provides test procedures that are used
before, during, and after the initialization process.
3.2
Before Initializing
The technician must follow these steps before initializing the
system.
3.2.1
Cable Connections
All wiring for power supplies or flat cable connectors
should be checked for solid connections.
3.2.2
AC/DC Power
Check all power with an AC/DC multimeter. (Refer to
Table 10-1 Voltage Measurement.) Run this test with no
additional interface cards installed.
10 - 2
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 10-1 Voltage Measurement
Voltages
Tolerance
+5 ± 0.25V
–26 ~ –28V
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
or MBD-U10 Unit
+5V
–24V
117 Vac ± 15%
117 Vac ± 15%
117 Vac ± 15%
0.05 Vac (maximum)
AC Voltage (117 Vac)
Live to Neutral
Live to Conduit Ground
Neutral to Conduit Ground
Ring Generator (SLT)
70 ~ 120 Vac @ 20 Hz *
CO Line
Off-hook line current
25 ~ 50 mA
Measuring Points
ESI(8)-U( ) or
MBD-U10 Unit
TP1 +5V
TP2 GND
TP3 –24V
AC Terminal Strip
Live L to N
Live L to G
Live N to G
Across Tip and Ring of
Ringing SLT
In series with Tip side of the
CO line at the MDF
* Ring voltage may be lower if the meter measures only 60 Hz signals.
3.2.3
Initialization Check
To determine if the system is initializing correctly, only the
KSU and terminals should be installed on the system.
After initialization, all the terminals assigned to the
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU that is mounted on the MBD-U10 can be
used for internal calls to one another. (By default, these
stations are assigned station numbers 100~107).
3.3
System Initialization
After the steps described in Section 3.2 Before Initializing are
performed and verified, the entire system should be initialized.
With power OFF, all interface and option cards can be installed in
the basic KSU. The technician can then power up the system to
perform a First Initialization. After the initialization process, each
station display shows default time and date indications.
For example:
System Hardware Manual
12:00 AM WED 1
10 - 3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.4
After Initialization
Ensure the battery on the MBD-U10 Unit is
connected to CN4.
Before any programming is attempted, connect the battery on the
MBD-U10 Unit to CN4 to prevent loss of previously programmed
data if the system loses power.
Check all ETU slots in software to ensure the initialization process
scanned the installed hardware correctly.
A general system operation check should be performed, using
default values, prior to system programming.
After all previous steps are performed and all problems corrected,
system programming is complete.
After System Programming is finished, the technician should
perform a Second Initialization. Performing the First Initialization a
second time causes all programming memory to be lost. Second
Initialization refreshes the system RAM without losing any memory.
This completes the installation procedure for the Electra Elite 48
system. The technician should check the operation of each
Multiline Terminal to ensure the system is working properly.
10 - 4
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
SECTION 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Issue 6
4.1
Remote Administration and Maintenance
The Maintenance and Diagnostics feature can remotely access the
Electra Elite 48 system for maintenance and diagnostics. The
remote PC and the system are connected via a modem (built-in or
external).
4.2
Problem Solving
To find the cause of a problem, first consider all of the symptoms
carefully. As each aspect of the problem is considered, the
technician is guided to a probable solution. The problem must be
defined as accurately as possible, so that the most efficient steps
to the solution can be taken. Flowcharts in the next section help
define the problem.
4.2.1
System Down
This term is used in this section to describe one of the
following situations:
4.2.2
No access to internal dial tone on any Multiline
Terminal or Single Line Telephone is installed.
No LED indication, display indication, or Multiline
Terminal is installed.
No system tones are generated.
Partial Operation
The term refers to any situation that cannot be completely
described under the System Down conditions.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.2.3
Reset
At times, the station and/or the ETU must be reset. The
following resets are used in the system.
4.3
Terminal Reset – Unplug the station line cord from
the station and then plug it back into the station.
ETU Reset – Press the RESET switch.
Flowcharts
Condition
Flowchart
Page
1. No Internal Dial Tone to any
Multiline Terminal or SLT
A1
9-7
2. No LED or Display Indications
on any Multiline Terminal
A2
9-8
1. Radio Frequency Interference
B1
9-9
2. No or Intermittent CO/PBX Ring
C1
9-10
3. Call Dropping
C2
9-11
4. No Outside Dial Tone Access
C3
9-12
5. CO/PBX Dialing Problem:
Cannot Dial Out on CO
C4
9-13
1. Multiline Terminal Function
D1
9-14
2. Multiline Terminal Ringing
D2
9-15
3. Multiline Terminal Dial Tone
Access
D3
9-16
1. No Dial Tone Access on SLT
E1
9-17
2. No Ringing on SLT
E2
9-18
3. No Dial Access to SLT Features
E3
9-19
E.
Low Volume Problems
F1
9-20
F.
External Paging Problems
G1
9-21
G.
SMDR Output Problems
No Call Accounting System
H1
9-22
A. System Down
B.
C.
D.
10 - 6
Partial Operations
Multiline Terminal Problems
Single Line Telephone Problems
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
A1
No Internal Dial Tone to any Multiline Terminal or SLT
DC
Voltages
Correct?
Incorrect or No DC Voltage
Check AC Input
Power.
Good
Turn system Off. Disconnect all
circuit boards.
Bad
Correct AC Power
Problem.
AC Power?
Good
Turn system On.
Dial tone on Multiline
Terminal on 1st ESI(8)-U( )
(MBD-U10 Unit)?
Dial Tone
Rebuild system, one
card at a time until
problem reappears.
Replace
defective
card.
Replace
Fuse(s).
Bad
PSU Fuses
F1 & F2
?
Good
Replace Corresponding
Power Supply.
No Dial Tone
Reset ESI(8)-U( ) ETU. If trouble
persists, replace B48-U10 KSU.
Yes
Problem
Solved?
Done.
No
Dial Tone
Remove all ETUs and
retest.
Dial Tone?
No Dial Tone
1. If problem not solved, perform First Initialization
and test. If trouble persists go to step 2.
2. Replace B48-U10 KSU and test system using
default program.
System Hardware Manual
Build system
one card at a
time, and
replace bad
ETU(s).
Yes
Problem
Solved?
No
Replace KSU.
10 - 7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
A2
No LED or Display Indications on any Multiline Terminal
Incorrect or No DC Voltage
All DC
Voltages
OK?
Check AC Input
Power.
Good
Bad
Terminate one Multiline Terminal
from the KSU Programming Station
directly to MDF and test.
Correct AC Power.
AC Power?
Good
No
Yes
Check
Station
Cabling.
Terminal
Indications?
Turn system off. Disconnect
connectors; remove all PC
boards.
No Indication
Replace
Fuse(s).
Bad
PSU Fuses
F1 & F2
?
Good
Replace Corresponding
Power Supply.
Terminal
Installed?
Yes
Reset MBD-U10 Unit. If trouble
persists, replace B48-U( ) KSU.
Correct
Indication
Problem
Solved?
Done.
No
Indications?
Correct Indications
Rebuild System one card at
a time. If problem reappears
replace defective card(s).
No Indication
1. If problem not solved, perform First Initialization
and test. If trouble persists go to step 2.
2. Replace B48-U10 KSU and test system using
default program.
10 - 8
Build system
one card at a
time, and
replace bad
ETU(s).
Remove all ETUs and
retest.
Yes
Problem
Solved?
No
Replace KSU.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
B1
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI)
Is interference only on outside calls
or anytime station is off-hook?
On CO calls only
Remove one CO line
at MDF and test using
standard SLT.
RFI Event?
Multiline Terminal off-Hook
No
RFI on CO
Lines?
Check cable for the
affected terminal(s).
Yes
More than 1-pair Twisted
Ground all unused pairs
at MDF.
No
RFI Cleared?
Yes
End.
1-pair
Twisted
pair?
No
Cable using 1-pair twisted
pair cable.
Inform
Telco.
No
RFI Cleared?
Yes
End.
Follow the steps below, one at a time, and test after each step.
1. Place a 0.01 microfarad ceramic capacitor (0.001 microfarad for FM Interference)
across receiver and transmitter elements in the Multiline Terminal handset.
2. Add a 0.01 microfarad ceramic capacitor from one transmit lead to one receive
lead.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
C1
No or Intermittent CO/PBX Ring
Test to see if problem occurs
on one line or several lines.
One Line
Check Memory Blocks 4-01 and 4-02
to ensure that line is programmed to
ring on an installed station.
Several Lines
See if problem occurs
on all Multiline Terminals
Assigned Ringing.
Occurrence?
All Multiline Terminals
Ringing
Assigned?
Yes
Occurrence?
Not all terminals
Replace one terminal
that has problems.
No
Program ring assignment
.
and
test.
Still have
Problem?
Yes
Program station for off-hook and
day/night ring, deny DND feature
and test again.
No
End.
Yes
See if affected lines
can be isolated to
one COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
No
Corrected?
10 - 10
Corrected?
Done.
Return defective Multiline
Terminal for repair.
Perform the following tests:
1. Measure CO ring voltage with AC meter
(100 Vac 20 Hz) at the MDF.
2. Perform Second Initialization.
3. Place external ringer in front of system on
worst case CO line. Check if customer
can hear external ringer at times when the
system does not detect ringing on this line.
4. If problem is not solved, perform First
Initialization and replace B48-U10 KSU.
5. Test system using default program.
Yes
No
Yes
1 COI(8)-U( )
ETU?
No
Reset/ Replace
COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
No
Yes
Corrected?
Done.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
C2
Call Dropping
See if problem is
on all lines.
No
Calls
dropped on
all lines?
Yes
All
lines drop
together?
No
Check DC voltages
with a meter and AC
power with a line
disturbance analyzer.
Check outside line key
indication after call drops.
Check COI(8)-U( ) LED.
Off
COI(8)-U( )
LED Status
?
On
CO
Line Key
LED Status
?
Off
Yes
Have Telco check line circuits.
Increase Automatic Release
Signal Detection Time. Refer
to Memory Block 3-40.
1. Perform Second Initialization.
If trouble persists go to step 2.
2. Replace COI(8)-U( ) ETU. Test.
On
No
Have Telco check
Line circuit(s).
Problem
Solved?
Perform First Initialization.
Replace B48-U10 KSU,
and test system using
default program.
Yes
Return defective ETU
for repair.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
C3
No Outside Dial Tone Access
Multiline
Terminal or SLT
?
Yes
All
Terminals
affected?
SLT
Check for Internal
dial tone.
Both
No
Internal
dial tone?
Check for internal
Dial Tone.
No
Yes
Check terminals
for Internal dial
tone.
Internal
dial tone?
No
1. Reset terminal
and test.
2. Replace terminal.
OR
3. Reset ESI(8)-U( )
ETU and test.
4. Replace ESI(8)-U( )
and test.
Yes
Internal
dial tone?
No
Go to Flowchart
A1.
Go to Flowchart A1.
Leave SLI(4)/(8)-U( )
and one ESI(8)-U( )
ETU installed.
Yes
Test for CO dial
tone at MDF with
test set, and check
CO wiring.
Check SW 1~8 on COI(8)-U( )
ETU for proper switch setting.
1. Perform Second
Initialization.
2. Reset and test
SLI(4)/(8)-U( )ETU.
3. Replace and test
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU.
Yes
No
CO dial tone?
1. Check Memory Blocks 4-07, 4-08,
and 4-19 for Station Restriction.
2. Check Memory Block 4-09 for
Telephone to Tenant Assignment.
Have Telco
check lines.
Check conduit and frame ground
to system for ground start trunks.
1.
2.
3.
4.
10 - 12
Reset and test; replace COI(8)-U( ) ETU and test. If trouble persists go to 2.
Perform Second Initialization. If trouble persists go to 3.
Perform First Initialization. If trouble persists go to 4.
Replace B48-U10 KSU, and test using default program.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
C4
CO/PBX Dialing Problem: Cannot Dial Out on CO
Check CO lines at MDF
with test set to see if
they are DTMF or DP.
DP or
DTMF?
No
SLT
problem
only?
Yes
Check Memory
Block 4-95.
DTMF
DTMF
DP
Line type
program?
Check CO lines at MDF
with test set to see if
they are DTMF or DP.
Check Memory Block 3-92
Selection to ensure lines are
programmed for DP.
DP or
DTMF?
DP
DP or DTMF
program?
DTMF
Check CO lines at MDF
with test set to see if
they are DTMF or DP.
DP
DP or
DTMF?
DTMF
DP
DTMF
DP
Reprogram for DTMF.
Reprogram lines for DP.
Reprogram as DP.
Monitor Line with test set, and
verify if system is sending digits.
Yes
No
Digits Sent?
1. If lines are DTMF, increase the DTMF
duration in Memory Block 3-15.
2. If lines are DP, choose 10 or 20 pps
option in Memory Block 3-92.
3. Check off-hook CO line current.
System Hardware Manual
1. Reset COI(8)-U( ) ETU. If trouble persists,
go to next step.
2. Replace COI(8)-U( ) ETU, and test.
3. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
4. Perform First Initialization, and test.
5. Replace B48-U10 KSU.
10 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
D1
Multiline Terminal Function Problems
All
terminals
affected?
Yes
Go to Flowchart A2.
No
Check Memory Block 7-2 for
correct Station Assignment.
No
Assignment
correct?
Reassignment
Yes
Yes
Perform Multiline Terminal Self Test:
1. Unplug terminal line cord.
2. Hold down * and # together and plug in the line card.
3. Press each terminal key to test tones, LEDs, and key contacts.
4. Return terminal on-line by taking handset off-hook and then
return to on-hook.
Is Problem
solved?
End.
No
Reset and test. Replace defective
terminal, and test.
Yes
Send terminal
in for repair.
No
Is Problem
solved?
Connect terminal directly
to MDF, and test.
No
Reset and test, and replace
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU.
Yes
Send ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
in for repair.
10 - 14
No
Is Problem
solved?
Yes
Is Problem
solved?
Replace station cable.
1. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
2. Perform First Initialization, and test.
3. Replace B48-U10 KSU, and test using
default program.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
D2
Multiline Terminal Ringing Problems
Intermittent
Problem
Occurs?
Go to Flowchart C1.
Consistent
Check to see if problem occurs on
CO or internal calls (including
station-to-station or transferred calls).
Internal
CO
Check to see if station is
call forwarded or in DID.
Problem
Occurs?
Check Memory Block 4-12.
Both
Yes
Station in
Call Forward
or DID?
No
Yes
Wrong
Assignment?
Check and adjust
volume control, and
test again.
Cancel
feature.
No
Yes
Problem
Solved?
Done.
Wrong
Assignment?
Reset/replace station,
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU.
Send terminal
in for repair.
Yes
System Hardware Manual
Problem
Solved?
No
Program
again.
No
Yes
Reset/replace terminal.
Then reset/replace
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU.
Check Memory Blocks
4-01 and 4-02 for ring
assignment.
Yes
No
Problem
Solved?
Program
again.
Done.
No
1. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
2. Perform First Initialization, and test.
3. Replace B48-U10 KSU, and test
using default program.
10 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
D3
Multiline Terminal Dial Tone Access Problems
Check to see if problem
occurs on CO or Internal call.
CO
Go to Flowchart C3.
CO or
Internal dial
tone?
Internal
Go to Flowchart A1.
Both
Go to Flowchart A1.
10 - 16
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
E1
No Dial Tone Access on SLT
Check Memory Block 7-1 for
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU assignments.
Yes
End.
No
Problem
solved?
Assignment
correct?
Assign Again.
No
Yes
Both
No CO
or internal
dial tone?
Replace SLT, and test.
No
Go to Flowchart C3.
Problem
solved?
Check CO line dial tone
on a Multiline Terminal.
Good
Internal
Yes
CO
Bad
Replace SLT, and test.
Go to Flowchart C3.
Yes
Problem
solved?
Repair SLT.
No
1. Reset SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, and test.
2. Replace SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, and test.
3. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
Yes
Done.
Problem
solved?
No
Go to Flowchart A. Leave one SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
and one ESI(8)-U( ) ETU installed.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
E2
Ringing Problem on SLT
Replace SLT.
Yes
Problem
Solved?
SLT defective.
No
Check to see if ringing
problem is intermittent.
No
Intermittent
Problem?
Check to see if SLT
is call forwarded.
Yes
Yes
No
Call
Forward?
Cancel call
Forwarding.
Check SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
for ring voltage output with
AC.
Pass
Check BLF indication
for station.
Fail
RSG Test?
Replace SLI(4)/(8)-U( )ETU.
Busy
BLF
Indication?
Terminate SLT on MDF.
Idle
1. Reset/replace SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU, and test.
2. Perform Second Initialization, and test; then
perform First Initialization and test.
3. Replace B48-U10 KSU, and test
using default program.
10 - 18
Idle
Busy
Check MDF
connection.
BLF
Indication?
Check or
replace
station cable.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
E3
No Dial Access to Features on SLT
Check to see if SLT can access
internal or CO dial tone.
No
Access dial
tone?
Go to Flowchart E1.
Yes
Check Memory Block 4-17
for feature assignment.
No
Feature
allowed?
Good
Program C.O.S. to
allow feature, and test.
Done
Yes
Bad
Check Memory BLocks 1-1-46,
1-1-47, and 1-1-48 for access
assignment.
Correct
Access Code
used?
No
Recheck feature access
with correct Access Code.
Yes
Recheck SLT features operation
selection to verify procedure for
feature.
System Hardware Manual
10 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
F1
Low Volume Problems
Yes
No
All lines?
Anything
bridged on
system CO
line?
No
Yes
Yes
All stations?
Remove it.
No
Move suspected bad line to
good COI(8)-U( ) ETU port.
Move good line to original
COI(8)-U( )ETU port.
Replace Multiline
Terminal/ SLT.
Run a dB level test at DMARK
on lines with 1 kHz test tone.
At least -8dB at MDF is required.
Yes
Port
Line
Problem port
or line?
Reset/replace
COI(8)-U( ), and
test again.
Check line with dB
meter and/or contact
Telco.
Less than
-8 dB?
Report Problem
to Telco.
No
Replace COI(8)-U( ) ETU.
Yes
Problem
solved?
Done.
No
1. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
2. Perform First Initialization, and test with
default program.
3. Replace B48-U10 KSU.
10 - 20
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
G1
External Paging Problems
No
Yes
Amplifier
provided?
Amplifier is needed.
Place Test Set on output of
paging at ECR-U( ) ADP
with all external wiring removed.
Yes
No
External
page audible
on test set?
External amplifier
or wiring is defective.
Check Memory Blocks 1-1-46,
1-1-47, and 1-1-48 for correct
access code (external) for paging.
No
Access Code
correct?
Yes
1. Reset/replace ECR-U( ) ADP, and test.
2. Perform Second Initialization, and test; then
perform First Initialization and test.
3. Replace B48-U10 KSU, and test
using default program.
System Hardware Manual
Retest using
correct access
code.
Pass
Done.
Fail
10 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
H1
SMDR Output Problems (No Call Accounting System)
Yes
No
Incoming
Problem
only?
No
Check Memory Block 1-5-26
for print selection.
Yes
Printer
RS-232C
compatible?
Compare each parameter between
printer and MIFM-U( ) Unit:
1. Baud rate 300~4800
2. ASCII serial output
3. 7- or 8-bit word
4. 1 or 2 stop bits
5. Even, Odd, or no Parity
SMDR requires
RS-232C connection.
Install MIFM-U( ) in
Slot S2.
No
Yes
No
MIFM-U( )
In Slot S2?
Parameter
match?
Set correct parameters.
Yes
On
LED On
Off
If On/Off switch on MIFM-U( )
is off, turn it on.
MIFM LED1
ON or Off?
Test for proper
operation.
LED Off
1. Refer to Installation Service Manual for
RS-232C cable connection.
2. Perform printer self test.
3. Use a breakout box, and ensure that pins
4 and 20 are logic high from printer to
MIFM-U( ).
Replace printer
or modify cable.
10 - 22
No
Yes
Check another
MIFM-U(
) in Slot
.
S2.
Off
On
MIFM LED1
ON or Off?
1. Perform second Initialization.
2. Replace B48-U10 KSU.
Replace
MIFM-U( ).
High?
System Maintenance
Appendices
11th Tab
Glossary of Abbreviations
Appendix A
The following table includes common abbreviations used throughout this
document that are listed in alphabetical order.
Abbreviations
System Hardware Manual
Definition
ACD
Automatic Call Distribution
Provides a cost-effective method for supervising incoming
telephone traffic and associated staff activity.
AIS
Alarm Indication Signal
Replaces the normal traffic signal when a maintenance
alarm indication is activated. An AIS signal is transmitted
downstream to indicate an upstream failure was detected.
BNC
Bayonet-Neill-Concelman
Connector for slim coaxial cables. This is similar to ones
used with Ethernet.
BPV
Bipolar Violation
Indicates the presence of two consecutive one bits of the
same polarity on a T carrier line.
BRI
Basic Rate Interface
ISDN subscriber interface. BRI has two bearer B-channels
at 64 Kbps per second and a D-channel at 16 Kbps per
second. The bearer B-channels are provided for PCM
voice, video conferencing, group 4 facsimile machines, and
other similar types of transmissions. The data D-channel
used to bring in information about incoming calls and take
out information about outgoing calls. BRI can also be used
to access slow-speed data networks such as videotex and
packet switched networks.
BRI has two standards:
U Interface for 2-wire
T Interface for 4-wire
A-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Abbreviations
A-2
Definition
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRC is a common method to establish that the data is
correctly received in data communications. This process
checks the integrity of a block of data. A CRC character is
generated at the transmission end. Its value depends on
the hexadecimal value of the number of ones in the data
block. The transmitting device calculates the value and
appends it to the data block. The receiving end makes a
similar calculation and compares its results with the added
character. If there is a difference, the recipient requests
retransmission.
DN
Directory Number
Unique number (phone number) assigned to each
telephone or data terminal.
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
An international plan to migrate the public switched network
to the universal implementation of standard digital
technology.
LSA
Line Synchronization Alarm Detection
A T1 trunk looses frame synchronization. Frame
synchronization occurs when a given digital channel (time
slot) at the receiving end is aligned with the corresponding
channel (time slot) of the transmitting end as it occurs in the
received signal. Usually extra bits (frame synchronization
bits) are inserted at regular intervals to indicate the
beginning of a frame and for use in frame synchronization.
LCR
Least Cost Routing
A feature that automatically chooses the lowest cost phone
line to the destination.
OOF
Out-of-Frame Condition
During T1 transmission, an Out-of-Frame error occurs
when two or more of four consecutive framing bits are in
error. When this condition exists for more than 2.5 seconds
a Red alarm is sent by the OOF detecting unit. Equipment
that receives this Red alarm responds with a Yellow alarm.
OPX
Off-Premise Extension
A telephone that is located in a different office or building
from the mail phone system. The OPX is connected by a
dedicated telephone line. This extension has all abilities of
the mail phone system.
Glossary of Abbreviations
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Abbreviations
System Hardware Manual
Definition
PRI
Primary Rate Interface
ISDN subscriber interface. PRI has 23 bearer B-channels
at 64 Kbps per second and a D-channel at 64 Kbps per
second. The bearer B-channels are provided for PCM
voice, video conferencing, group 4 facsimile machines, and
other similar types of transmissions. The data D-channel
used to bring in information about incoming calls and take
out information about outgoing calls. PRI can also be used
to access slow-speed data networks such as videotex and
packet switched networks.
PRI has two standards:
U Interface for 2-wire
T Interface for 4-wire
SLIP
Serial Line Internet Protocol
An Internet protocol is used to run IP over serial lines such
as telephone circuits. IP is the Internet Protocol; the most
important of all protocols on which the Internet is based.
This protocol allows a packet to traverse multiple networks
before it reaches its final destination.
SMDR
Station Message Detail Recording
A feature that collects and records information on outgoing
calls by station.
SPID
Service Profile Identifier
IDSN service is ordered with certain parameters. The SPID
is an 8- to 12-digit number that uniquely identifies the
service ordered. The phone company assigns an SPID for
every phone number. Each ISDN BRI line usually has two
phone numbers.
The SPID is a label identifier that points to a particular
location on the telephone company central office memory
that stores the details of the ISDN services ordered. This
number is necessary for the operation of the ISDN phone,
fax, or PC software. Without this number, ISDN services
cannot be accessed.
VoIP
Voice over Internet Protocol
The ability to carry normal telephone-style voice over an
IP-based internet with POTS-like functionality, reliability,
and voice quality.
The Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) connects
to the LAN IP network through a VoIP gateway. Digitized
speech is transported through IP packets and can include
real-time conversation or voice mail. The IP network can
be public/private, and voice transport can be
telephone-to-telephone,
computer-to-telephone,
or
computer-to-computer.
A-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
A-4
Glossary of Abbreviations
48
SYSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL
NEC America, Inc.
Issue 6
(Series 8000)
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement